{"title":"Moderate-care indoor plants","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e.text-block.h2:has(h1) { display: none !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003cdiv style=\"position: relative; min-height: 540px; background: linear-gradient(135deg, #2C4A3A 0%, #1A3027 100%); display: flex; align-items: center; padding: 5rem 2rem; width: 100vw; margin-left: calc(50% - 50vw); margin-right: calc(50% - 50vw);\"\u003e\u003cdiv style=\"max-width: 1280px; width: 100%; margin: 0 auto;\"\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 11px; letter-spacing: 0.24em; text-transform: uppercase; color: rgba(249,245,240,0.85); margin: 0 0 1.5rem;\"\u003eIndoor · By Care\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch1 style=\"font-size: 64px; line-height: 1.05; color: #F9F5F0; margin: 0 0 1.5rem; font-weight: 400; max-width: 720px;\"\u003eModerate-care indoor plants\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 22px; line-height: 1.45; color: #F9F5F0; margin: 0 0 1.5rem; max-width: 640px;\"\u003eA weekly check-in and they'll reward you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.6; color: rgba(249,245,240,0.85); margin: 0; max-width: 580px;\"\u003eMonsteras, fiddle-leaf figs, most calatheas, ferns, most ficus. Plants that need a watering rhythm, occasional feed, and the right light — but nothing demanding once you settle into a routine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cdiv style=\"max-width: 1280px; margin: 4rem auto; padding: 0 2rem;\"\u003e\u003cdiv style=\"display: grid; grid-template-columns: 1fr 1.4fr; gap: 4rem; align-items: stretch;\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cdiv style=\"background: #B6C4A6; padding: 2.5rem 2rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 11px; letter-spacing: 0.24em; text-transform: uppercase; color: #4A382E; margin: 0 0 1.5rem;\"\u003eWhy ours\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"list-style: none; padding: 0; margin: 0; color: #4A382E;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"padding: 0.75rem 0; border-bottom: 1px solid rgba(74,56,46,0.15); font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.5;\"\u003eHand-picked from UK growers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"padding: 0.75rem 0; border-bottom: 1px solid rgba(74,56,46,0.15); font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.5;\"\u003ePeat-free, plastic-free packaging\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"padding: 0.75rem 0; border-bottom: 1px solid rgba(74,56,46,0.15); font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.5;\"\u003eDelivered established and ready\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"padding: 0.75rem 0;  font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.5;\"\u003eFree care app with every order\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cdiv style=\"padding: 0 0.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 11px; letter-spacing: 0.24em; color: #4A382E; text-transform: uppercase; margin: 0 0 0.5rem;\"\u003eKnowledge\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 32px; line-height: 1.1; color: #4A382E; margin: 0 0 1rem; font-weight: 400;\"\u003eFrequently asked\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"padding: 1.5rem 0; \"\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 20px; line-height: 1.3; color: #4A382E; margin: 0 0 0.6rem; font-weight: 400;\"\u003eWhat's the routine look like?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 15px; line-height: 1.65; color: #4A382E; margin: 0;\"\u003eWeekly: check soil moisture, water when dry, wipe leaves once a month. Monthly during growing season: feed with balanced liquid fertiliser. Annually: repot if rootbound.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"padding: 1.5rem 0; border-top: 1px solid #D5CDC2;\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 20px; line-height: 1.3; color: #4A382E; margin: 0 0 0.6rem; font-weight: 400;\"\u003eHow long until they look mature?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 15px; line-height: 1.65; color: #4A382E; margin: 0;\"\u003e12–24 months from arrival to a noticeably bigger plant, given the right conditions. Indoor plants grow more slowly than outdoor ones.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"padding: 1.5rem 0; border-top: 1px solid #D5CDC2;\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 20px; line-height: 1.3; color: #4A382E; margin: 0 0 0.6rem; font-weight: 400;\"\u003eWhat's the most common cause of failure at this care level?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 15px; line-height: 1.65; color: #4A382E; margin: 0;\"\u003eInconsistency. Underwatering for weeks then drowning in compensation. Pick a watering day and stick to it; the plant adjusts to your rhythm faster than you think.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"col-10-5-cyc-sca","title":"Cyclamen ‘Winfall Scarlet’ — Tender Pot Plant (perennial in mild climates), 10.5cm Pot (Set of 3 or 6)","description":"\u003cp\u003eCyclamen ‘Winfall Scarlet’ — a bright bedding plant with bright scarlet upswept flowers above marbled foliage and flowering september to april. Supplied as a set of 3 or 6 well-rooted plants in 10.5cm pots, grown peat-free at our Yorkshire nursery and ready to plant out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAt a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tender Pot Plant (perennial in mild climates)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMature size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15–25cm × 25cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlowering:\u003c\/strong\u003e September to April (autumn-winter-spring)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bright, indirect light (cool conditions essential)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttracts:\u003c\/strong\u003e —\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplied as:\u003c\/strong\u003e Set of 3 or 6 plants in 10.5cm pots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eThe detail\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCyclamen ‘Winfall Scarlet’ is compact rosette with marbled heart-shaped leaves, settles happily into patio containers, sheltered doorways, indoor pots, autumn\/winter displays.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy ours\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGrown by us in Yorkshire, in peat-free compost, shipped in plastic-free packaging. Every plant arrives strong, well-rooted and ready to thrive — not weeks of waiting before it gets going. Each order includes access to our free care app with planting and seasonal care reminders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHow to grow\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBotanical name\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003eCyclamen persicum 'Winfall Scarlet'\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMature size\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15–25cm × 25cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompact rosette with marbled heart-shaped leaves\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBright, indirect light (cool conditions essential)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSoil\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFree-draining, peat-free compost\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWatering\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWater from below; never wet the crown\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlowering\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeptember to April (autumn-winter-spring)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTender (use outdoors in autumn–winter under cover; not frost-hardy)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAttracts\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e—\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePatio containers, sheltered doorways, indoor pots, autumn\/winter displays\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it come back next year?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo — this is grown as a seasonal bedding plant in the UK. It will perform brilliantly for one summer, then complete its life cycle. Replant fresh each spring for the same effect.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhen does it flower?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eExpect flowers from september to april (autumn-winter-spring). \u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it survive a UK winter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eTender (use outdoors in autumn–winter under cover; not frost-hardy) — protect from severe frost. In colder regions, lift and bring under cover over winter, or treat as a seasonal display.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size pot does it arrive in?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSets are supplied as 3 or 6 individual plants in 10.5cm pot, well-rooted and ready to plant out.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Season 28","offers":[{"title":"3 Medium Plants","offer_id":57506196881791,"sku":"COL-10.5-CYC-SCAX3","price":20.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false},{"title":"6 Medium Plants","offer_id":57506196914559,"sku":"COL-10.5-CYC-SCAX6","price":29.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1002\/7778\/0863\/files\/file_30108ef1-13d7-4abc-8519-3d9ab93a8ab0.png?v=1778620245"},{"product_id":"col-10-5-cyc-whi","title":"Cyclamen ‘Smartiz Blanc Pur’ — Tender Pot Plant (perennial in mild climates), 10.5cm Pot (Set of 3 or 6)","description":"\u003cp\u003eCyclamen ‘Smartiz Blanc Pur’ — a bright bedding plant with pure white upswept flowers above marbled foliage and flowering september to april. Supplied as a set of 3 or 6 well-rooted plants in 10.5cm pots, grown peat-free at our Yorkshire nursery and ready to plant out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAt a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tender Pot Plant (perennial in mild climates)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMature size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15–25cm × 25cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlowering:\u003c\/strong\u003e September to April (autumn-winter-spring)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bright, indirect light (cool conditions essential)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttracts:\u003c\/strong\u003e —\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplied as:\u003c\/strong\u003e Set of 3 or 6 plants in 10.5cm pots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eThe detail\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCyclamen ‘Smartiz Blanc Pur’ is compact rosette with marbled heart-shaped leaves, settles happily into patio containers, sheltered doorways, indoor pots, autumn\/winter displays.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy ours\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGrown by us in Yorkshire, in peat-free compost, shipped in plastic-free packaging. Every plant arrives strong, well-rooted and ready to thrive — not weeks of waiting before it gets going. Each order includes access to our free care app with planting and seasonal care reminders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHow to grow\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBotanical name\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003eCyclamen persicum 'Smartiz Blanc Pur'\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMature size\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15–25cm × 25cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompact rosette with marbled heart-shaped leaves\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBright, indirect light (cool conditions essential)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSoil\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFree-draining, peat-free compost\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWatering\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWater from below; never wet the crown\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlowering\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeptember to April (autumn-winter-spring)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTender (use outdoors in autumn–winter under cover; not frost-hardy)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAttracts\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e—\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePatio containers, sheltered doorways, indoor pots, autumn\/winter displays\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it come back next year?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo — this is grown as a seasonal bedding plant in the UK. It will perform brilliantly for one summer, then complete its life cycle. Replant fresh each spring for the same effect.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhen does it flower?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eExpect flowers from september to april (autumn-winter-spring). \u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it survive a UK winter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eTender (use outdoors in autumn–winter under cover; not frost-hardy) — protect from severe frost. In colder regions, lift and bring under cover over winter, or treat as a seasonal display.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size pot does it arrive in?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSets are supplied as 3 or 6 individual plants in 10.5cm pot, well-rooted and ready to plant out.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Season 28","offers":[{"title":"3 Medium Plants","offer_id":57506197668223,"sku":"COL-10.5-CYC-WHIX3","price":20.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false},{"title":"6 Medium Plants","offer_id":57506197700991,"sku":"COL-10.5-CYC-WHIX6","price":29.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1002\/7778\/0863\/files\/file_c7220bf3-fdef-414b-a7c9-c9ec220abcbc.png?v=1778620248"},{"product_id":"col-10-5-cyc-pur","title":"Cyclamen ‘Smartiz Violet Fonce’ — Tender Pot Plant (perennial in mild climates), 10.5cm Pot (Set of 3 or 6)","description":"\u003cp\u003eCyclamen ‘Smartiz Violet Fonce’ — a bright bedding plant with deep violet upswept flowers above marbled foliage and flowering september to april. Supplied as a set of 3 or 6 well-rooted plants in 10.5cm pots, grown peat-free at our Yorkshire nursery and ready to plant out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAt a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tender Pot Plant (perennial in mild climates)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMature size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15–25cm × 25cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlowering:\u003c\/strong\u003e September to April (autumn-winter-spring)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bright, indirect light (cool conditions essential)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttracts:\u003c\/strong\u003e —\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplied as:\u003c\/strong\u003e Set of 3 or 6 plants in 10.5cm pots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eThe detail\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCyclamen ‘Smartiz Violet Fonce’ is compact rosette with marbled heart-shaped leaves, settles happily into patio containers, sheltered doorways, indoor pots, autumn\/winter displays.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy ours\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGrown by us in Yorkshire, in peat-free compost, shipped in plastic-free packaging. Every plant arrives strong, well-rooted and ready to thrive — not weeks of waiting before it gets going. Each order includes access to our free care app with planting and seasonal care reminders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHow to grow\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBotanical name\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003eCyclamen persicum 'Smartiz Violet Fonce'\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMature size\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15–25cm × 25cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompact rosette with marbled heart-shaped leaves\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBright, indirect light (cool conditions essential)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSoil\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFree-draining, peat-free compost\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWatering\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWater from below; never wet the crown\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlowering\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeptember to April (autumn-winter-spring)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTender (use outdoors in autumn–winter under cover; not frost-hardy)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAttracts\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e—\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePatio containers, sheltered doorways, indoor pots, autumn\/winter displays\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it come back next year?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo — this is grown as a seasonal bedding plant in the UK. It will perform brilliantly for one summer, then complete its life cycle. Replant fresh each spring for the same effect.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhen does it flower?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eExpect flowers from september to april (autumn-winter-spring). \u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it survive a UK winter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eTender (use outdoors in autumn–winter under cover; not frost-hardy) — protect from severe frost. In colder regions, lift and bring under cover over winter, or treat as a seasonal display.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size pot does it arrive in?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSets are supplied as 3 or 6 individual plants in 10.5cm pot, well-rooted and ready to plant out.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Season 28","offers":[{"title":"3 Medium Plants","offer_id":57506198552959,"sku":"COL-10.5-CYC-PURX3","price":20.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false},{"title":"6 Medium Plants","offer_id":57506198585727,"sku":"COL-10.5-CYC-PURX6","price":29.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1002\/7778\/0863\/files\/file_34eb5f7d-268a-4aeb-91e8-b69f033b24f5.png?v=1778620246"},{"product_id":"col-10-5-cyc-sil-lf-mag","title":"Cyclamen ‘Metis Decora Magenta’ — Tender Pot Plant (perennial in mild climates), 10.5cm Pot (Set of 3 or 6)","description":"\u003cp\u003eCyclamen ‘Metis Decora Magenta’ — a bright bedding plant with upswept flowers above silver-marbled foliage and flowering september to april. Supplied as a set of 3 or 6 well-rooted plants in 10.5cm pots, grown peat-free at our Yorkshire nursery and ready to plant out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAt a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tender Pot Plant (perennial in mild climates)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMature size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15–25cm × 25cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlowering:\u003c\/strong\u003e September to April (autumn-winter-spring)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bright, indirect light (cool conditions essential)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttracts:\u003c\/strong\u003e —\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplied as:\u003c\/strong\u003e Set of 3 or 6 plants in 10.5cm pots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eThe detail\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCyclamen ‘Metis Decora Magenta’ is compact rosette with marbled heart-shaped leaves, settles happily into patio containers, sheltered doorways, indoor pots, autumn\/winter displays.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy ours\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGrown by us in Yorkshire, in peat-free compost, shipped in plastic-free packaging. Every plant arrives strong, well-rooted and ready to thrive — not weeks of waiting before it gets going. Each order includes access to our free care app with planting and seasonal care reminders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHow to grow\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBotanical name\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003eCyclamen persicum 'Metis Decora Magenta'\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMature size\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15–25cm × 25cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompact rosette with marbled heart-shaped leaves\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBright, indirect light (cool conditions essential)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSoil\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFree-draining, peat-free compost\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWatering\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWater from below; never wet the crown\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlowering\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeptember to April (autumn-winter-spring)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTender (use outdoors in autumn–winter under cover; not frost-hardy)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAttracts\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e—\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePatio containers, sheltered doorways, indoor pots, autumn\/winter displays\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it come back next year?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo — this is grown as a seasonal bedding plant in the UK. It will perform brilliantly for one summer, then complete its life cycle. Replant fresh each spring for the same effect.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhen does it flower?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eExpect flowers from september to april (autumn-winter-spring). \u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it survive a UK winter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eTender (use outdoors in autumn–winter under cover; not frost-hardy) — protect from severe frost. In colder regions, lift and bring under cover over winter, or treat as a seasonal display.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size pot does it arrive in?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSets are supplied as 3 or 6 individual plants in 10.5cm pot, well-rooted and ready to plant out.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Season 28","offers":[{"title":"3 Medium Plants","offer_id":57506198815103,"sku":"COL-10.5-CYC-SIL-LF-MAGX3","price":20.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false},{"title":"6 Medium Plants","offer_id":57506198847871,"sku":"COL-10.5-CYC-SIL-LF-MAGX6","price":29.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1002\/7778\/0863\/files\/file_d77df2cc-deb8-4d5f-a4f8-ea3cf2ea7c43.png?v=1778620250"},{"product_id":"col-10-5-cyc-sil-lf-sal","title":"Cyclamen ‘Metis Decora Salmon’ — Tender Pot Plant (perennial in mild climates), 10.5cm Pot (Set of 3 or 6)","description":"\u003cp\u003eCyclamen ‘Metis Decora Salmon’ — a bright bedding plant with upswept flowers above silver-marbled foliage and flowering september to april. Supplied as a set of 3 or 6 well-rooted plants in 10.5cm pots, grown peat-free at our Yorkshire nursery and ready to plant out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAt a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tender Pot Plant (perennial in mild climates)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMature size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15–25cm × 25cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlowering:\u003c\/strong\u003e September to April (autumn-winter-spring)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bright, indirect light (cool conditions essential)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttracts:\u003c\/strong\u003e —\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplied as:\u003c\/strong\u003e Set of 3 or 6 plants in 10.5cm pots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eThe detail\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCyclamen ‘Metis Decora Salmon’ is compact rosette with marbled heart-shaped leaves, settles happily into patio containers, sheltered doorways, indoor pots, autumn\/winter displays.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy ours\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGrown by us in Yorkshire, in peat-free compost, shipped in plastic-free packaging. Every plant arrives strong, well-rooted and ready to thrive — not weeks of waiting before it gets going. Each order includes access to our free care app with planting and seasonal care reminders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHow to grow\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBotanical name\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003eCyclamen persicum 'Metis Decora Salmon'\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMature size\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15–25cm × 25cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompact rosette with marbled heart-shaped leaves\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBright, indirect light (cool conditions essential)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSoil\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFree-draining, peat-free compost\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWatering\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWater from below; never wet the crown\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlowering\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeptember to April (autumn-winter-spring)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTender (use outdoors in autumn–winter under cover; not frost-hardy)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAttracts\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e—\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePatio containers, sheltered doorways, indoor pots, autumn\/winter displays\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it come back next year?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo — this is grown as a seasonal bedding plant in the UK. It will perform brilliantly for one summer, then complete its life cycle. Replant fresh each spring for the same effect.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhen does it flower?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eExpect flowers from september to april (autumn-winter-spring). \u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it survive a UK winter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eTender (use outdoors in autumn–winter under cover; not frost-hardy) — protect from severe frost. In colder regions, lift and bring under cover over winter, or treat as a seasonal display.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size pot does it arrive in?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSets are supplied as 3 or 6 individual plants in 10.5cm pot, well-rooted and ready to plant out.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Season 28","offers":[{"title":"3 Medium Plants","offer_id":57506200420735,"sku":"COL-10.5-CYC-SIL-LF-SALX3","price":20.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false},{"title":"6 Medium Plants","offer_id":57506200453503,"sku":"COL-10.5-CYC-SIL-LF-SALX6","price":29.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1002\/7778\/0863\/files\/file_2af9d1f1-53c2-4a10-8beb-b834c260328d.png?v=1778620249"},{"product_id":"col-10-5-cyc-sil-lf-sca","title":"Cyclamen ‘Metis Decora Scarlet’ — Tender Pot Plant (perennial in mild climates), 10.5cm Pot (Set of 3 or 6)","description":"\u003cp\u003eCyclamen ‘Metis Decora Scarlet’ — a bright bedding plant with upswept flowers above silver-marbled foliage and flowering september to april. Supplied as a set of 3 or 6 well-rooted plants in 10.5cm pots, grown peat-free at our Yorkshire nursery and ready to plant out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAt a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tender Pot Plant (perennial in mild climates)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMature size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15–25cm × 25cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlowering:\u003c\/strong\u003e September to April (autumn-winter-spring)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bright, indirect light (cool conditions essential)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttracts:\u003c\/strong\u003e —\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplied as:\u003c\/strong\u003e Set of 3 or 6 plants in 10.5cm pots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eThe detail\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCyclamen ‘Metis Decora Scarlet’ is compact rosette with marbled heart-shaped leaves, settles happily into patio containers, sheltered doorways, indoor pots, autumn\/winter displays.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy ours\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGrown by us in Yorkshire, in peat-free compost, shipped in plastic-free packaging. Every plant arrives strong, well-rooted and ready to thrive — not weeks of waiting before it gets going. Each order includes access to our free care app with planting and seasonal care reminders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHow to grow\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBotanical name\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003eCyclamen persicum 'Metis Decora Scarlet'\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMature size\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15–25cm × 25cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompact rosette with marbled heart-shaped leaves\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBright, indirect light (cool conditions essential)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSoil\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFree-draining, peat-free compost\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWatering\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWater from below; never wet the crown\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlowering\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeptember to April (autumn-winter-spring)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTender (use outdoors in autumn–winter under cover; not frost-hardy)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAttracts\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e—\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePatio containers, sheltered doorways, indoor pots, autumn\/winter displays\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it come back next year?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo — this is grown as a seasonal bedding plant in the UK. It will perform brilliantly for one summer, then complete its life cycle. Replant fresh each spring for the same effect.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhen does it flower?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eExpect flowers from september to april (autumn-winter-spring). \u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it survive a UK winter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eTender (use outdoors in autumn–winter under cover; not frost-hardy) — protect from severe frost. In colder regions, lift and bring under cover over winter, or treat as a seasonal display.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size pot does it arrive in?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSets are supplied as 3 or 6 individual plants in 10.5cm pot, well-rooted and ready to plant out.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Season 28","offers":[{"title":"3 Medium Plants","offer_id":57506200486271,"sku":"COL-10.5-CYC-SIL-LF-SCAX3","price":20.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false},{"title":"6 Medium Plants","offer_id":57506200519039,"sku":"COL-10.5-CYC-SIL-LF-SCAX6","price":29.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1002\/7778\/0863\/files\/file_53f4b1e9-29d1-40e0-bc4a-c828d634f39b.png?v=1778620252"},{"product_id":"col-10-5-cyc-sil-lf-mix","title":"Cyclamen ‘Metis Decora’ — Tender Pot Plant (perennial in mild climates), 10.5cm Pot","description":"\u003cp\u003eCyclamen ‘Metis Decora’ — a bright bedding plant with upswept flowers above silver-marbled foliage and flowering september to april. Supplied as an established specimen in a 10.5cm pot, grown peat-free at our Yorkshire nursery and ready to plant out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAt a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tender Pot Plant (perennial in mild climates)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMature size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15–25cm × 25cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlowering:\u003c\/strong\u003e September to April (autumn-winter-spring)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bright, indirect light (cool conditions essential)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttracts:\u003c\/strong\u003e —\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplied as:\u003c\/strong\u003e Single plant in a 10.5cm pot\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eThe detail\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCyclamen ‘Metis Decora’ is compact rosette with marbled heart-shaped leaves, settles happily into patio containers, sheltered doorways, indoor pots, autumn\/winter displays.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy ours\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGrown by us in Yorkshire, in peat-free compost, shipped in plastic-free packaging. Every plant arrives strong, well-rooted and ready to thrive — not weeks of waiting before it gets going. Each order includes access to our free care app with planting and seasonal care reminders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHow to grow\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBotanical name\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003eCyclamen persicum 'Metis Decora'\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMature size\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15–25cm × 25cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompact rosette with marbled heart-shaped leaves\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBright, indirect light (cool conditions essential)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSoil\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFree-draining, peat-free compost\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWatering\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWater from below; never wet the crown\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlowering\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeptember to April (autumn-winter-spring)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTender (use outdoors in autumn–winter under cover; not frost-hardy)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAttracts\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e—\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePatio containers, sheltered doorways, indoor pots, autumn\/winter displays\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it come back next year?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo — this is grown as a seasonal bedding plant in the UK. It will perform brilliantly for one summer, then complete its life cycle. Replant fresh each spring for the same effect.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhen does it flower?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eExpect flowers from september to april (autumn-winter-spring). \u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it survive a UK winter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eTender (use outdoors in autumn–winter under cover; not frost-hardy) — protect from severe frost. In colder regions, lift and bring under cover over winter, or treat as a seasonal display.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size pot does it arrive in?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSupplied as a single specimen in 10.5cm pot, well-rooted and ready to plant out.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Season 28","offers":[{"title":"3 Medium Plants","offer_id":57506200813951,"sku":"COL-10.5-CYC-SIL-LF-MIX-3","price":20.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false},{"title":"6 Medium Plants","offer_id":57506200846719,"sku":"COL-10.5-CYC-SIL-LF-MIX-6","price":29.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1002\/7778\/0863\/files\/file_8ffdfe20-746b-4521-8952-6578a2ec59fa.png?v=1778620255"},{"product_id":"col-10-5-cyc-fla-d-red","title":"Cyclamen ‘Smartiz Rouge Vif’ — Tender Pot Plant (perennial in mild climates), 10.5cm Pot (Set of 3 or 6)","description":"\u003cp\u003eCyclamen ‘Smartiz Rouge Vif’ — a bright bedding plant with vibrant red upswept flowers above marbled foliage and flowering september to april. Supplied as a set of 3 or 6 well-rooted plants in 10.5cm pots, grown peat-free at our Yorkshire nursery and ready to plant out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAt a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tender Pot Plant (perennial in mild climates)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMature size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15–25cm × 25cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlowering:\u003c\/strong\u003e September to April (autumn-winter-spring)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bright, indirect light (cool conditions essential)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttracts:\u003c\/strong\u003e —\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplied as:\u003c\/strong\u003e Set of 3 or 6 plants in 10.5cm pots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eThe detail\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCyclamen ‘Smartiz Rouge Vif’ is compact rosette with marbled heart-shaped leaves, settles happily into patio containers, sheltered doorways, indoor pots, autumn\/winter displays.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy ours\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGrown by us in Yorkshire, in peat-free compost, shipped in plastic-free packaging. Every plant arrives strong, well-rooted and ready to thrive — not weeks of waiting before it gets going. Each order includes access to our free care app with planting and seasonal care reminders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHow to grow\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBotanical name\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003eCyclamen persicum 'Smartiz Rouge Vif'\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMature size\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15–25cm × 25cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompact rosette with marbled heart-shaped leaves\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBright, indirect light (cool conditions essential)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSoil\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFree-draining, peat-free compost\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWatering\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWater from below; never wet the crown\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlowering\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeptember to April (autumn-winter-spring)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTender (use outdoors in autumn–winter under cover; not frost-hardy)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAttracts\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e—\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePatio containers, sheltered doorways, indoor pots, autumn\/winter displays\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it come back next year?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo — this is grown as a seasonal bedding plant in the UK. It will perform brilliantly for one summer, then complete its life cycle. Replant fresh each spring for the same effect.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhen does it flower?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eExpect flowers from september to april (autumn-winter-spring). \u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it survive a UK winter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eTender (use outdoors in autumn–winter under cover; not frost-hardy) — protect from severe frost. In colder regions, lift and bring under cover over winter, or treat as a seasonal display.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size pot does it arrive in?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSets are supplied as 3 or 6 individual plants in 10.5cm pot, well-rooted and ready to plant out.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Season 28","offers":[{"title":"3 Medium Plants","offer_id":57506200879487,"sku":"COL-10.5-CYC-FLA-D-REDX3","price":20.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false},{"title":"6 Medium Plants","offer_id":57506200912255,"sku":"COL-10.5-CYC-FLA-D-REDX6","price":29.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1002\/7778\/0863\/files\/file_38ea0b36-f65d-4c1f-a229-f353085d319f.png?v=1778620256"},{"product_id":"col-10-5-cyc-fla-red","title":"Cyclamen ‘Smartiz Rouge Vif’ — Tender Pot Plant (perennial in mild climates), 10.5cm Pot (Set of 3 or 6)","description":"\u003cp\u003eCyclamen ‘Smartiz Rouge Vif’ — a bright bedding plant with vibrant red upswept flowers above marbled foliage and flowering september to april. Supplied as a set of 3 or 6 well-rooted plants in 10.5cm pots, grown peat-free at our Yorkshire nursery and ready to plant out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAt a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tender Pot Plant (perennial in mild climates)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMature size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15–25cm × 25cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlowering:\u003c\/strong\u003e September to April (autumn-winter-spring)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bright, indirect light (cool conditions essential)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttracts:\u003c\/strong\u003e —\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplied as:\u003c\/strong\u003e Set of 3 or 6 plants in 10.5cm pots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eThe detail\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCyclamen ‘Smartiz Rouge Vif’ is compact rosette with marbled heart-shaped leaves, settles happily into patio containers, sheltered doorways, indoor pots, autumn\/winter displays.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy ours\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGrown by us in Yorkshire, in peat-free compost, shipped in plastic-free packaging. Every plant arrives strong, well-rooted and ready to thrive — not weeks of waiting before it gets going. Each order includes access to our free care app with planting and seasonal care reminders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHow to grow\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBotanical name\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003eCyclamen persicum 'Smartiz Rouge Vif'\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMature size\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15–25cm × 25cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompact rosette with marbled heart-shaped leaves\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBright, indirect light (cool conditions essential)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSoil\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFree-draining, peat-free compost\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWatering\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWater from below; never wet the crown\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlowering\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeptember to April (autumn-winter-spring)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTender (use outdoors in autumn–winter under cover; not frost-hardy)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAttracts\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e—\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePatio containers, sheltered doorways, indoor pots, autumn\/winter displays\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it come back next year?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo — this is grown as a seasonal bedding plant in the UK. It will perform brilliantly for one summer, then complete its life cycle. Replant fresh each spring for the same effect.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhen does it flower?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eExpect flowers from september to april (autumn-winter-spring). \u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it survive a UK winter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eTender (use outdoors in autumn–winter under cover; not frost-hardy) — protect from severe frost. In colder regions, lift and bring under cover over winter, or treat as a seasonal display.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size pot does it arrive in?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSets are supplied as 3 or 6 individual plants in 10.5cm pot, well-rooted and ready to plant out.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Season 28","offers":[{"title":"3 Medium Plants","offer_id":57506201928063,"sku":"COL-10.5-CYC-FLA-REDX3","price":20.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false},{"title":"6 Medium Plants","offer_id":57506201960831,"sku":"COL-10.5-CYC-FLA-REDX6","price":29.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1002\/7778\/0863\/files\/file_01d176a5-9dfd-4102-b25a-b1ebaef66814.png?v=1778620255"},{"product_id":"col-10-5-cyc-gro-mix","title":"Cyclamen 'Growers Selection' — Tender Pot Plant Mix, 10.5cm Pot (Set of 3)","description":"\u003cp\u003eCyclamen 'Growers Selection' — a bright bedding plant with upswept butterfly-like flowers above silver-marbled foliage and flowering september to april. Supplied as an established specimen in a 10.5cm pot, grown peat-free at our Yorkshire nursery and ready to plant out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAt a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tender Pot Plant (perennial in mild climates)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMature size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15–25cm × 25cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlowering:\u003c\/strong\u003e September to April (autumn-winter-spring)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bright, indirect light (cool conditions essential)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttracts:\u003c\/strong\u003e —\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplied as:\u003c\/strong\u003e Single plant in a 10.5cm pot\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eThe detail\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCyclamen is compact rosette with marbled heart-shaped leaves, settles happily into patio containers, sheltered doorways, indoor pots, autumn\/winter displays.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy ours\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGrown by us in Yorkshire, in peat-free compost, shipped in plastic-free packaging. Every plant arrives strong, well-rooted and ready to thrive — not weeks of waiting before it gets going. Each order includes access to our free care app with planting and seasonal care reminders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHow to grow\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBotanical name\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003eCyclamen persicum\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMature size\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15–25cm × 25cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompact rosette with marbled heart-shaped leaves\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBright, indirect light (cool conditions essential)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSoil\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFree-draining, peat-free compost\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWatering\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWater from below; never wet the crown\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlowering\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeptember to April (autumn-winter-spring)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTender (use outdoors in autumn–winter under cover; not frost-hardy)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAttracts\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e—\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePatio containers, sheltered doorways, indoor pots, autumn\/winter displays\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it come back next year?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo — this is grown as a seasonal bedding plant in the UK. It will perform brilliantly for one summer, then complete its life cycle. Replant fresh each spring for the same effect.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhen does it flower?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eExpect flowers from september to april (autumn-winter-spring). \u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it survive a UK winter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eTender (use outdoors in autumn–winter under cover; not frost-hardy) — protect from severe frost. In colder regions, lift and bring under cover over winter, or treat as a seasonal display.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size pot does it arrive in?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSupplied as a single specimen in 10.5cm pot, well-rooted and ready to plant out.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Season 28","offers":[{"title":"3 Medium Plants","offer_id":57506201993599,"sku":"COL-10.5-CYC-GRO-MIX-3","price":20.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false},{"title":"6 Medium Plants","offer_id":57506202026367,"sku":"COL-10.5-CYC-GRO-MIX-6","price":29.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1002\/7778\/0863\/files\/file_2ae1ef91-bb79-4dd2-b5be-cf059d9581a1.png?v=1778620258"},{"product_id":"10-5-cin","title":"Cineraria ‘Silver dust’ — Half-Hardy Foliage Annual, 10.5cm Pot (Set of 3 or 6)","description":"\u003cp\u003eCineraria ‘Silver dust’ — a bright bedding plant with flowering grown for foliage; small yellow flowers if not pinched out. Supplied as a set of 3 or 6 well-rooted plants in 10.5cm pots, grown peat-free at our Yorkshire nursery and ready to plant out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAt a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Half-Hardy Foliage Annual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMature size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30–40cm × 30cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlowering:\u003c\/strong\u003e Grown for foliage; small yellow flowers if not pinched out\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttracts:\u003c\/strong\u003e —\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplied as:\u003c\/strong\u003e Set of 3 or 6 plants in 10.5cm pots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eThe detail\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCineraria ‘Silver dust’ is compact, mounded with deeply cut silver leaves, settles happily into containers, summer bedding, foliage contrast, coastal gardens.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy ours\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGrown by us in Yorkshire, in peat-free compost, shipped in plastic-free packaging. Every plant arrives strong, well-rooted and ready to thrive — not weeks of waiting before it gets going. Each order includes access to our free care app with planting and seasonal care reminders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHow to grow\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBotanical name\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003eCineraria maritima 'Silver dust'\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMature size\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30–40cm × 30cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompact, mounded with deeply cut silver leaves\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull Sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSoil\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWell-drained, average fertility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWatering\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLow; drought-tolerant once established\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlowering\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrown for foliage; small yellow flowers if not pinched out\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHalf-Hardy\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAttracts\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e—\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContainers, summer bedding, foliage contrast, coastal gardens\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it come back next year?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo — this is grown as a seasonal bedding plant in the UK. It will perform brilliantly for one summer, then complete its life cycle. Replant fresh each spring for the same effect.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhen does it flower?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eExpect flowers from grown for foliage; small yellow flowers if not pinched out. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it survive a UK winter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eHalf-Hardy — protect from severe frost. In colder regions, lift and bring under cover over winter, or treat as a seasonal display.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size pot does it arrive in?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSets are supplied as 3 or 6 individual plants in 10.5cm pot, well-rooted and ready to plant out.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Season 28","offers":[{"title":"3 Medium Plants","offer_id":57506209530239,"sku":"COL-10.5-CINX3","price":19.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false},{"title":"6 Medium Plants","offer_id":57506209563007,"sku":"COL-10.5-CINX6","price":26.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1002\/7778\/0863\/files\/file_06308b18-1786-4fe8-af47-c3ff7345c798.png?v=1778620268"},{"product_id":"col-10-5-cyc-red","title":"Cyclamen ‘Smartiz Rouge Vif’ — Tender Pot Plant (perennial in mild climates), 10.5cm Pot (Set of 3 or 6)","description":"\u003cp\u003eCyclamen ‘Smartiz Rouge Vif’ — a bright bedding plant with vibrant red upswept flowers above marbled foliage and flowering september to april. Supplied as a set of 3 or 6 well-rooted plants in 10.5cm pots, grown peat-free at our Yorkshire nursery and ready to plant out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAt a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tender Pot Plant (perennial in mild climates)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMature size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15–25cm × 25cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlowering:\u003c\/strong\u003e September to April (autumn-winter-spring)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bright, indirect light (cool conditions essential)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttracts:\u003c\/strong\u003e —\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplied as:\u003c\/strong\u003e Set of 3 or 6 plants in 10.5cm pots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eThe detail\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCyclamen ‘Smartiz Rouge Vif’ is compact rosette with marbled heart-shaped leaves, settles happily into patio containers, sheltered doorways, indoor pots, autumn\/winter displays.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy ours\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGrown by us in Yorkshire, in peat-free compost, shipped in plastic-free packaging. Every plant arrives strong, well-rooted and ready to thrive — not weeks of waiting before it gets going. Each order includes access to our free care app with planting and seasonal care reminders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHow to grow\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBotanical name\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003eCyclamen persicum 'Smartiz Rouge Vif'\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMature size\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15–25cm × 25cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompact rosette with marbled heart-shaped leaves\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBright, indirect light (cool conditions essential)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSoil\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFree-draining, peat-free compost\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWatering\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWater from below; never wet the crown\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlowering\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeptember to April (autumn-winter-spring)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTender (use outdoors in autumn–winter under cover; not frost-hardy)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAttracts\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e—\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePatio containers, sheltered doorways, indoor pots, autumn\/winter displays\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it come back next year?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo — this is grown as a seasonal bedding plant in the UK. It will perform brilliantly for one summer, then complete its life cycle. Replant fresh each spring for the same effect.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhen does it flower?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eExpect flowers from september to april (autumn-winter-spring). \u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it survive a UK winter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eTender (use outdoors in autumn–winter under cover; not frost-hardy) — protect from severe frost. In colder regions, lift and bring under cover over winter, or treat as a seasonal display.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size pot does it arrive in?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSets are supplied as 3 or 6 individual plants in 10.5cm pot, well-rooted and ready to plant out.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Season 28","offers":[{"title":"3 Medium Plants","offer_id":57506231222655,"sku":"COL-10.5-CYC-REDX3","price":20.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false},{"title":"6 Medium Plants","offer_id":57506231255423,"sku":"COL-10.5-CYC-REDX6","price":29.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1002\/7778\/0863\/files\/file_fd2dc351-1067-44ae-9c04-ac74f5c9bdab.png?v=1778620323"},{"product_id":"col-1ltr-thy-lem-var","title":"Thyme ‘Lemon Variegated’ — Edible Plant, 1L Pot","description":"\u003cp\u003eThyme ‘Lemon Variegated’ — an easy-to-grow edible plant with flowering late spring to mid-summer. Supplied as an established specimen in a 1L pot, grown peat-free at our Yorkshire nursery and ready to plant out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAt a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Edible plant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMature size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10–25 cm tall × 20–40 cm wide (variety dependent)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlowering:\u003c\/strong\u003e Late Spring to Mid-Summer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun, Well-Drained Soil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplied as:\u003c\/strong\u003e Single plant in a 1L pot\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eThe detail\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOur Thyme Collection offers beautifully aromatic, compact herbs perfect for edging, rockeries, patio pots \u0026amp; sunny borders. You can choose from Thyme ‘Precompa’, known for its dense, deep green foliage \u0026amp; soft pink-lilac blooms; Lemon Variegated Thyme, with bright gold-edged citrus-scented leaves \u0026amp; early summer pink flowers; or the Growers Choice Mix, which may include ‘Precompa’, ‘Lemon Variegated’, ‘Doone Valley’ \u0026amp; traditional Garden Thyme for a varied blend of fragrances, colours \u0026amp; forms. Each variety provides low mounds or spreading mats of evergreen foliage that stay attractive year-round while releasing rich herbal scent when touched or brushed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach plant is supplied as a healthy, fresh \u0026amp; fully established 1L rootball, expertly grown in premium peat-free compost for strong early establishment, richer foliage \u0026amp; reliable long-term performance. These real, outdoor-ready thyme plants are vigorous, well-rooted \u0026amp; delivered at the ideal size for planting straight into beds, pots or herb planters. Naturally drought-tolerant, low-maintenance \u0026amp; hardy in UK gardens, they thrive in full sun \u0026amp; well-drained soil with only light trimming after flowering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy ours\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGrown by us in Yorkshire, in peat-free compost, shipped in plastic-free packaging. Every plant arrives strong, well-rooted and ready to thrive — not weeks of waiting before it gets going. Each order includes access to our free care app with planting and seasonal care reminders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHow to grow\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMature size\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10–25 cm tall × 20–40 cm wide (variety dependent)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLow, Mounded or Spreading Evergreen Perennial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull Sun, Well-Drained Soil\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlowering\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLate Spring to Mid-Summer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEdging, Rockeries, Herb Gardens, Containers, Gravel Beds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhen can I harvest?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eExpect to harvest across the main growing season. Picking regularly encourages continued cropping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it come back next year?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eDepends on the variety — see the cultural information above for hardiness. Hardy perennials and most fruit plants return for several years.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size pot does it arrive in?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSupplied as a single specimen in 1L pot, well-rooted and ready to plant out or pot on.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Season 28","offers":[{"title":"3 Large Plants","offer_id":57506242789759,"sku":"COL-1LTR-THY-LEM-VARX3","price":18.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false},{"title":"6 Large Plants","offer_id":57506242822527,"sku":"COL-1LTR-THY-LEM-VARX6","price":31.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1002\/7778\/0863\/files\/file_0b2b9db5-8756-4659-9901-1c8623bf5bdf.png?v=1778620338"},{"product_id":"col-1ltr-thy-gro-mix","title":"Thyme ‘Growers Choice Mix’ — Edible Plant, 1L Pot","description":"\u003cp\u003eThyme ‘Growers Choice Mix’ — an easy-to-grow edible plant with flowering late spring to mid-summer. Supplied as an established specimen in a 1L pot, grown peat-free at our Yorkshire nursery and ready to plant out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAt a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Edible plant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMature size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10–25 cm tall × 20–40 cm wide (variety dependent)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlowering:\u003c\/strong\u003e Late Spring to Mid-Summer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun, Well-Drained Soil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplied as:\u003c\/strong\u003e Single plant in a 1L pot\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eThe detail\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOur Thyme Collection offers beautifully aromatic, compact herbs perfect for edging, rockeries, patio pots \u0026amp; sunny borders. You can choose from Thyme ‘Precompa’, known for its dense, deep green foliage \u0026amp; soft pink-lilac blooms; Lemon Variegated Thyme, with bright gold-edged citrus-scented leaves \u0026amp; early summer pink flowers; or the Growers Choice Mix, which may include ‘Precompa’, ‘Lemon Variegated’, ‘Doone Valley’ \u0026amp; traditional Garden Thyme for a varied blend of fragrances, colours \u0026amp; forms. Each variety provides low mounds or spreading mats of evergreen foliage that stay attractive year-round while releasing rich herbal scent when touched or brushed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach plant is supplied as a healthy, fresh \u0026amp; fully established 1L rootball, expertly grown in premium peat-free compost for strong early establishment, richer foliage \u0026amp; reliable long-term performance. These real, outdoor-ready thyme plants are vigorous, well-rooted \u0026amp; delivered at the ideal size for planting straight into beds, pots or herb planters. Naturally drought-tolerant, low-maintenance \u0026amp; hardy in UK gardens, they thrive in full sun \u0026amp; well-drained soil with only light trimming after flowering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy ours\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGrown by us in Yorkshire, in peat-free compost, shipped in plastic-free packaging. Every plant arrives strong, well-rooted and ready to thrive — not weeks of waiting before it gets going. Each order includes access to our free care app with planting and seasonal care reminders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHow to grow\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMature size\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10–25 cm tall × 20–40 cm wide (variety dependent)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLow, Mounded or Spreading Evergreen Perennial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull Sun, Well-Drained Soil\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlowering\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLate Spring to Mid-Summer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEdging, Rockeries, Herb Gardens, Containers, Gravel Beds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhen can I harvest?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eExpect to harvest across the main growing season. Picking regularly encourages continued cropping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it come back next year?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eDepends on the variety — see the cultural information above for hardiness. Hardy perennials and most fruit plants return for several years.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size pot does it arrive in?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSupplied as a single specimen in 1L pot, well-rooted and ready to plant out or pot on.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Season 28","offers":[{"title":"3 Large Plants","offer_id":57506242986367,"sku":"COL-1LTR-THY-GRO-MIX-X3","price":18.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"6 Large Plants","offer_id":57506243019135,"sku":"COL-1LTR-THY-GRO-MIX-X6","price":31.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1002\/7778\/0863\/files\/file_300e411e-81b3-4394-8856-6be61ca4cdae.png?v=1778620339"},{"product_id":"col-2l-hel-rosx1","title":"Hellebore ‘Rosemary’ — Edible Plant, Bee-Friendly, 2L Pot","description":"\u003cp\u003eHellebore ‘Rosemary’ — an easy-to-grow edible plant with flowering late winter to early spring. A reliable nectar source for bees and pollinators. Supplied as an established specimen in a 2L pot, grown peat-free at our Yorkshire nursery and ready to plant out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAt a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Edible plant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMature size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 40–60 cm × 40–60 cm (variety dependent)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlowering:\u003c\/strong\u003e Late Winter to Early Spring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Partial Shade to Full Shade; Moist, Well-Drained Soil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttracts:\u003c\/strong\u003e Early Bees \u0026amp; Beneficial Pollinators\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplied as:\u003c\/strong\u003e Single plant in a 2L pot\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eThe detail\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou can choose from any single large 2L outdoor-ready Hellebore plant, selecting specifically from our full range of premium varieties: Angel Glow, Argutifolius, Foetidus, Pink Beauty, Pirouette, Rosemary, Star of Passion, Tutu, Winter Moonbeam, Winter Sunshine, or our Frostkiss series, including Anna’s Red, Cheryl’s Shine, Dorothy’s Dawn, Glenda’s Gloss, Molly’s White, Penny’s Pink, and Pippa’s Purple. Each variety delivers its own unique winter-to-early-spring floral display — from dusky veined blooms \u0026amp; velvety ruby-red flowers to pure whites, soft pinks \u0026amp; dramatic purple-plum shades — all held above year-round evergreen foliage that brings texture, structure \u0026amp; elegance to the coldest months of the year.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSupplied as healthy, fresh \u0026amp; fully established 2L rootballs in their nursery pots, each hellebore is grown in premium peat-free compost to support strong root architecture \u0026amp; vigorous seasonal performance. Much larger than common small-potted hellebores, these mature plants arrive with sturdy crowns, well-developed buds \u0026amp; dense evergreen foliage — fresh, fully rooted \u0026amp; outdoor garden ready. Their nectar-rich early blooms provide an essential food source for bees at a time when few other plants are in flower, making them both decorative \u0026amp; wildlife-friendly in winter gardens.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy ours\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGrown by us in Yorkshire, in peat-free compost, shipped in plastic-free packaging. Every plant arrives strong, well-rooted and ready to thrive — not weeks of waiting before it gets going. Each order includes access to our free care app with planting and seasonal care reminders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHow to grow\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMature size\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40–60 cm × 40–60 cm (variety dependent)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClump-Forming, Evergreen to Semi-Evergreen Perennial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePartial Shade to Full Shade; Moist, Well-Drained Soil\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlowering\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLate Winter to Early Spring\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAttracts\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEarly Bees \u0026amp; Beneficial Pollinators\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShaded Borders, Woodland Gardens, Path Edging, Patio Beds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhen can I harvest?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eExpect to harvest across the main growing season. Picking regularly encourages continued cropping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it come back next year?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eDepends on the variety — see the cultural information above for hardiness. Hardy perennials and most fruit plants return for several years.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size pot does it arrive in?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSupplied as a single specimen in 2L pot, well-rooted and ready to plant out or pot on.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Season 28","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57506272215423,"sku":"COL-2L-HEL-ROSX1","price":24.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1002\/7778\/0863\/files\/file_80061458-9294-4d15-9a0f-09662d431567.png?v=1778620383"},{"product_id":"col-1ltr-ros-gro-mix","title":"Rosemary 'Growers Mix' — Hardy Evergreen Perennial Herb, Bee-Friendly, 1L Pot (Set of 3 or 6)","description":"\u003cp\u003eRosemary 'Growers Mix' — an easy-to-grow edible plant with flowering spring to early summer. Supplied as an established specimen in a 1L pot, grown peat-free at our Yorkshire nursery and ready to plant out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAt a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Edible plant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMature size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 40–90 cm × 40–70 cm (variety dependent)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlowering:\u003c\/strong\u003e Spring to Early Summer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun, Well-Drained Soil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplied as:\u003c\/strong\u003e Single plant in a 1L pot\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eThe detail\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou can choose from a set of 3 or a set of 6 large outdoor-ready rosemary plants. Each set is carefully selected from our Growers Choice varieties: ‘Speedy’, ‘Blue Rain’, or ‘Blue Winter’—all prized for their aromatic needle-like leaves and soft blue blooms that appear from spring through summer. These sun-loving evergreens form neat, bushy mounds reaching 40–90 cm tall, perfect for herb beds, patio containers, Mediterranean-style gardens \u0026amp; kitchen door planters where fragrance, flavour \u0026amp; beauty can be enjoyed year-round.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSupplied as healthy, fresh \u0026amp; fully established 1L rootballs, each plant is grown in premium peat-free compost for strong, vigorous development. Larger than typical supermarket herbs or small starter plugs, these rosemary plants arrive fully rooted, well-branched and outdoor garden ready—ensuring quick establishment and reliable long-term performance. Their nectar-rich flowers provide early-season food for bees and butterflies, adding valuable wildlife appeal to edible and ornamental gardens alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy ours\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGrown by us in Yorkshire, in peat-free compost, shipped in plastic-free packaging. Every plant arrives strong, well-rooted and ready to thrive — not weeks of waiting before it gets going. Each order includes access to our free care app with planting and seasonal care reminders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHow to grow\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMature size\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40–90 cm × 40–70 cm (variety dependent)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBushy, Evergreen Shrub\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull Sun, Well-Drained Soil\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlowering\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpring to Early Summer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHerb Gardens, Borders, Containers, Kitchen Growing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhen can I harvest?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eExpect to harvest across the main growing season. Picking regularly encourages continued cropping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it come back next year?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eDepends on the variety — see the cultural information above for hardiness. Hardy perennials and most fruit plants return for several years.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size pot does it arrive in?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSupplied as a single specimen in 1L pot, well-rooted and ready to plant out or pot on.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Season 28","offers":[{"title":"3 Large Plants","offer_id":57506324545919,"sku":"COL-1LTR-ROS-GRO-MIX-X3","price":18.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"6 Large Plants","offer_id":57506324578687,"sku":"COL-1LTR-ROS-GRO-MIX-X6","price":29.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1002\/7778\/0863\/files\/file_f43fdd09-77a3-4fbc-be56-c1d083ac6d4c.png?v=1778620484"},{"product_id":"col-10-5-tos-eri-whi","title":"Pelargonium ‘Erika’ — Tender Perennial (grown as bedding), Bee-Friendly, 10.5cm Pot (Set of 3 or 6)","description":"\u003cp\u003ePelargonium ‘Erika’ — a bright bedding plant with round flower heads in vibrant shades and flowering may to october. A reliable nectar source for bees and pollinators. Supplied as a set of 3 or 6 well-rooted plants in 10.5cm pots, grown peat-free at our Yorkshire nursery and ready to plant out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAt a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tender Perennial (grown as bedding)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMature size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30–45cm × 30cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlowering:\u003c\/strong\u003e May to October (continuous if deadheaded)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttracts:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplied as:\u003c\/strong\u003e Set of 3 or 6 plants in 10.5cm pots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eThe detail\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePelargonium ‘Erika’ is upright, bushy or trailing depending on type, settles happily into containers, hanging baskets, summer bedding, window boxes, balcony pots.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy ours\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGrown by us in Yorkshire, in peat-free compost, shipped in plastic-free packaging. Every plant arrives strong, well-rooted and ready to thrive — not weeks of waiting before it gets going. Each order includes access to our free care app with planting and seasonal care reminders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHow to grow\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBotanical name\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003ePelargonium x hortorum 'Erika'\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMature size\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30–45cm × 30cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpright, bushy or trailing depending on type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull Sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSoil\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWell-drained, moderately fertile\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWatering\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRegular; allow to dry slightly between — drought-tolerant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlowering\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMay to October (continuous if deadheaded)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTender\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAttracts\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBees\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContainers, hanging baskets, summer bedding, window boxes, balcony pots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it come back next year?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo — this is grown as a seasonal bedding plant in the UK. It will perform brilliantly for one summer, then complete its life cycle. Replant fresh each spring for the same effect.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhen does it flower?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eExpect flowers from may to october (continuous if deadheaded). \u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it really bee-friendly?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — Pelargonium ‘Erika’ is a known nectar source visited by bees, butterflies and other pollinators throughout its flowering season.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it survive a UK winter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eTender — protect from severe frost. In colder regions, lift and bring under cover over winter, or treat as a seasonal display.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size pot does it arrive in?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSets are supplied as 3 or 6 individual plants in 10.5cm pot, well-rooted and ready to plant out.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Season 28","offers":[{"title":"3 Plants","offer_id":57506362589567,"sku":"COL-10.5-TOS-ERI-WHIX3","price":19.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false},{"title":"6 Plants","offer_id":57506362622335,"sku":"COL-10.5-TOS-ERI-WHIX6","price":27.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1002\/7778\/0863\/files\/file_471a4a8e-866b-4a3d-8ad1-14f477909a1c.png?v=1778620550"},{"product_id":"col-10-5-tos-myl-red","title":"Pelargonium ‘Mylena’ — Tender Perennial (grown as bedding), Bee-Friendly, 10.5cm Pot (Set of 3 or 6)","description":"\u003cp\u003ePelargonium ‘Mylena’ — a bright bedding plant with round flower heads in vibrant shades and flowering may to october. A reliable nectar source for bees and pollinators. Supplied as a set of 3 or 6 well-rooted plants in 10.5cm pots, grown peat-free at our Yorkshire nursery and ready to plant out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAt a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tender Perennial (grown as bedding)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMature size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30–45cm × 30cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlowering:\u003c\/strong\u003e May to October (continuous if deadheaded)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttracts:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplied as:\u003c\/strong\u003e Set of 3 or 6 plants in 10.5cm pots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eThe detail\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePelargonium ‘Mylena’ is upright, bushy or trailing depending on type, settles happily into containers, hanging baskets, summer bedding, window boxes, balcony pots.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy ours\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGrown by us in Yorkshire, in peat-free compost, shipped in plastic-free packaging. Every plant arrives strong, well-rooted and ready to thrive — not weeks of waiting before it gets going. Each order includes access to our free care app with planting and seasonal care reminders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHow to grow\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBotanical name\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003ePelargonium x hortorum 'Mylena'\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMature size\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30–45cm × 30cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpright, bushy or trailing depending on type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull Sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSoil\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWell-drained, moderately fertile\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWatering\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRegular; allow to dry slightly between — drought-tolerant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlowering\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMay to October (continuous if deadheaded)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTender\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAttracts\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBees\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContainers, hanging baskets, summer bedding, window boxes, balcony pots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it come back next year?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo — this is grown as a seasonal bedding plant in the UK. It will perform brilliantly for one summer, then complete its life cycle. Replant fresh each spring for the same effect.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhen does it flower?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eExpect flowers from may to october (continuous if deadheaded). \u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it really bee-friendly?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — Pelargonium ‘Mylena’ is a known nectar source visited by bees, butterflies and other pollinators throughout its flowering season.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it survive a UK winter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eTender — protect from severe frost. In colder regions, lift and bring under cover over winter, or treat as a seasonal display.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size pot does it arrive in?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSets are supplied as 3 or 6 individual plants in 10.5cm pot, well-rooted and ready to plant out.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Season 28","offers":[{"title":"3 Plants","offer_id":57506362917247,"sku":"COL-10.5-TOS-MYL-REDX3","price":19.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false},{"title":"6 Plants","offer_id":57506362950015,"sku":"COL-10.5-TOS-MYL-REDX6","price":27.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1002\/7778\/0863\/files\/file_0faac36c-2551-47a6-a962-ab61475a32f4.png?v=1778620551"},{"product_id":"col-10-5-tos-sen-red","title":"Pelargonium ‘Senna’ — Tender Perennial (grown as bedding), Bee-Friendly, 10.5cm Pot (Set of 3 or 6)","description":"\u003cp\u003ePelargonium ‘Senna’ — a bright bedding plant with round flower heads in vibrant shades and flowering may to october. A reliable nectar source for bees and pollinators. Supplied as a set of 3 or 6 well-rooted plants in 10.5cm pots, grown peat-free at our Yorkshire nursery and ready to plant out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAt a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tender Perennial (grown as bedding)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMature size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30–45cm × 30cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlowering:\u003c\/strong\u003e May to October (continuous if deadheaded)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttracts:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplied as:\u003c\/strong\u003e Set of 3 or 6 plants in 10.5cm pots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eThe detail\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePelargonium ‘Senna’ is upright, bushy or trailing depending on type, settles happily into containers, hanging baskets, summer bedding, window boxes, balcony pots.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy ours\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGrown by us in Yorkshire, in peat-free compost, shipped in plastic-free packaging. Every plant arrives strong, well-rooted and ready to thrive — not weeks of waiting before it gets going. Each order includes access to our free care app with planting and seasonal care reminders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHow to grow\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBotanical name\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003ePelargonium x hortorum 'Senna'\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMature size\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30–45cm × 30cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpright, bushy or trailing depending on type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull Sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSoil\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWell-drained, moderately fertile\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWatering\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRegular; allow to dry slightly between — drought-tolerant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlowering\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMay to October (continuous if deadheaded)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTender\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAttracts\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBees\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContainers, hanging baskets, summer bedding, window boxes, balcony pots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it come back next year?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo — this is grown as a seasonal bedding plant in the UK. It will perform brilliantly for one summer, then complete its life cycle. Replant fresh each spring for the same effect.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhen does it flower?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eExpect flowers from may to october (continuous if deadheaded). \u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it really bee-friendly?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — Pelargonium ‘Senna’ is a known nectar source visited by bees, butterflies and other pollinators throughout its flowering season.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it survive a UK winter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eTender — protect from severe frost. In colder regions, lift and bring under cover over winter, or treat as a seasonal display.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size pot does it arrive in?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSets are supplied as 3 or 6 individual plants in 10.5cm pot, well-rooted and ready to plant out.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Season 28","offers":[{"title":"3 Plants","offer_id":57506363474303,"sku":"COL-10.5-TOS-SEN-REDX3","price":19.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false},{"title":"6 Plants","offer_id":57506363507071,"sku":"COL-10.5-TOS-SEN-REDX6","price":27.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1002\/7778\/0863\/files\/file_d326c05f-920a-48c5-9d25-0e20794f4755.png?v=1778620549"},{"product_id":"col-10-5-tos-ann-pin","title":"Pelargonium ‘Anne’ — Tender Perennial (grown as bedding), Bee-Friendly, 10.5cm Pot (Set of 3 or 6)","description":"\u003cp\u003ePelargonium ‘Anne’ — a bright bedding plant with round flower heads in vibrant shades and flowering may to october. A reliable nectar source for bees and pollinators. Supplied as a set of 3 or 6 well-rooted plants in 10.5cm pots, grown peat-free at our Yorkshire nursery and ready to plant out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAt a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tender Perennial (grown as bedding)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMature size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30–45cm × 30cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlowering:\u003c\/strong\u003e May to October (continuous if deadheaded)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttracts:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplied as:\u003c\/strong\u003e Set of 3 or 6 plants in 10.5cm pots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eThe detail\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePelargonium ‘Anne’ is upright, bushy or trailing depending on type, settles happily into containers, hanging baskets, summer bedding, window boxes, balcony pots.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy ours\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGrown by us in Yorkshire, in peat-free compost, shipped in plastic-free packaging. Every plant arrives strong, well-rooted and ready to thrive — not weeks of waiting before it gets going. Each order includes access to our free care app with planting and seasonal care reminders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHow to grow\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBotanical name\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003ePelargonium x hortorum 'Anne'\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMature size\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30–45cm × 30cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpright, bushy or trailing depending on type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull Sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSoil\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWell-drained, moderately fertile\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWatering\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRegular; allow to dry slightly between — drought-tolerant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlowering\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMay to October (continuous if deadheaded)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTender\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAttracts\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBees\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContainers, hanging baskets, summer bedding, window boxes, balcony pots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it come back next year?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo — this is grown as a seasonal bedding plant in the UK. It will perform brilliantly for one summer, then complete its life cycle. Replant fresh each spring for the same effect.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhen does it flower?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eExpect flowers from may to october (continuous if deadheaded). \u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it really bee-friendly?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — Pelargonium ‘Anne’ is a known nectar source visited by bees, butterflies and other pollinators throughout its flowering season.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it survive a UK winter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eTender — protect from severe frost. In colder regions, lift and bring under cover over winter, or treat as a seasonal display.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size pot does it arrive in?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSets are supplied as 3 or 6 individual plants in 10.5cm pot, well-rooted and ready to plant out.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Season 28","offers":[{"title":"3 Plants","offer_id":57506364916095,"sku":"COL-10.5-TOS-ANN-PINX3","price":19.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false},{"title":"6 Plants","offer_id":57506364948863,"sku":"COL-10.5-TOS-ANN-PINX6","price":27.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1002\/7778\/0863\/files\/file_423c2412-e2e4-47e8-bb12-02cbb03477c6.png?v=1778620553"},{"product_id":"col-10-5-tos-lin-bic","title":"Pelargonium ‘Linus’ — Tender Perennial (grown as bedding), Bee-Friendly, 10.5cm Pot (Set of 3 or 6)","description":"\u003cp\u003ePelargonium ‘Linus’ — a bright bedding plant with round flower heads in vibrant shades and flowering may to october. A reliable nectar source for bees and pollinators. Supplied as a set of 3 or 6 well-rooted plants in 10.5cm pots, grown peat-free at our Yorkshire nursery and ready to plant out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAt a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tender Perennial (grown as bedding)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMature size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30–45cm × 30cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlowering:\u003c\/strong\u003e May to October (continuous if deadheaded)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttracts:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplied as:\u003c\/strong\u003e Set of 3 or 6 plants in 10.5cm pots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eThe detail\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePelargonium ‘Linus’ is upright, bushy or trailing depending on type, settles happily into containers, hanging baskets, summer bedding, window boxes, balcony pots.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy ours\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGrown by us in Yorkshire, in peat-free compost, shipped in plastic-free packaging. Every plant arrives strong, well-rooted and ready to thrive — not weeks of waiting before it gets going. Each order includes access to our free care app with planting and seasonal care reminders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHow to grow\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBotanical name\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003ePelargonium x hortorum 'Linus'\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMature size\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30–45cm × 30cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpright, bushy or trailing depending on type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull Sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSoil\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWell-drained, moderately fertile\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWatering\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRegular; allow to dry slightly between — drought-tolerant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlowering\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMay to October (continuous if deadheaded)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTender\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAttracts\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBees\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContainers, hanging baskets, summer bedding, window boxes, balcony pots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it come back next year?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo — this is grown as a seasonal bedding plant in the UK. It will perform brilliantly for one summer, then complete its life cycle. Replant fresh each spring for the same effect.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhen does it flower?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eExpect flowers from may to october (continuous if deadheaded). \u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it really bee-friendly?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — Pelargonium ‘Linus’ is a known nectar source visited by bees, butterflies and other pollinators throughout its flowering season.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it survive a UK winter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eTender — protect from severe frost. In colder regions, lift and bring under cover over winter, or treat as a seasonal display.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size pot does it arrive in?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSets are supplied as 3 or 6 individual plants in 10.5cm pot, well-rooted and ready to plant out.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Season 28","offers":[{"title":"3 Plants","offer_id":57506365374847,"sku":"COL-10.5-TOS-LIN-BICX3","price":19.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false},{"title":"6 Plants","offer_id":57506365407615,"sku":"COL-10.5-TOS-LIN-BICX6","price":27.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1002\/7778\/0863\/files\/file_36d81880-09eb-4b39-b760-9b0356cc3b0f.png?v=1778620554"},{"product_id":"col-10-5-cal-cab-pur-yel","title":"Calibrachoa ‘Cabaret Yellow’ — Half-Hardy Trailing Annual, Bee-Friendly, 10.5cm Pot (Set of 3 or 6)","description":"\u003cp\u003eCalibrachoa ‘Cabaret Yellow’ — a bright bedding plant with bright golden-yellow trumpet flowers and flowering may to october. A reliable nectar source for bees and pollinators. Supplied as a set of 3 or 6 well-rooted plants in 10.5cm pots, grown peat-free at our Yorkshire nursery and ready to plant out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAt a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Half-Hardy Trailing Annual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMature size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15–25cm × 40cm spread\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlowering:\u003c\/strong\u003e May to October (continuous)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttracts:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bees, pollinators\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplied as:\u003c\/strong\u003e Set of 3 or 6 plants in 10.5cm pots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eThe detail\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCalibrachoa ‘Cabaret Yellow’ is vigorous trailing, mounded, settles happily into hanging baskets, containers, balcony pots, window boxes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy ours\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGrown by us in Yorkshire, in peat-free compost, shipped in plastic-free packaging. Every plant arrives strong, well-rooted and ready to thrive — not weeks of waiting before it gets going. Each order includes access to our free care app with planting and seasonal care reminders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHow to grow\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBotanical name\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003eCalibrachoa hybrida 'Cabaret Yellow'\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMature size\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15–25cm × 40cm spread\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVigorous trailing, mounded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull Sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSoil\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWell-drained, fertile, slightly acidic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWatering\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRegular; let top dry between waterings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlowering\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMay to October (continuous)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHalf-Hardy\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAttracts\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBees, pollinators\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHanging baskets, containers, balcony pots, window boxes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it come back next year?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo — this is grown as a seasonal bedding plant in the UK. It will perform brilliantly for one summer, then complete its life cycle. Replant fresh each spring for the same effect.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhen does it flower?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eExpect flowers from may to october (continuous). \u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it really bee-friendly?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — Calibrachoa ‘Cabaret Yellow’ is a known nectar source visited by bees, butterflies and other pollinators throughout its flowering season.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it survive a UK winter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eHalf-Hardy — protect from severe frost. In colder regions, lift and bring under cover over winter, or treat as a seasonal display.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size pot does it arrive in?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSets are supplied as 3 or 6 individual plants in 10.5cm pot, well-rooted and ready to plant out.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Season 28","offers":[{"title":"3 Plants","offer_id":57506413347199,"sku":"COL-10.5-CAL-CAB-PUR-YELX3","price":19.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1002\/7778\/0863\/files\/file_d61c2acf-85c8-444d-a967-d0900ecf4a48.png?v=1778620637"},{"product_id":"col-10-5-cal-cab-ear-blu","title":"Calibrachoa ‘Cabaret Blue’ — Half-Hardy Trailing Annual, Bee-Friendly, 10.5cm Pot (Set of 3 or 6)","description":"\u003cp\u003eCalibrachoa ‘Cabaret Blue’ — a bright bedding plant with deep violet-blue trumpet flowers and flowering may to october. A reliable nectar source for bees and pollinators. Supplied as a set of 3 or 6 well-rooted plants in 10.5cm pots, grown peat-free at our Yorkshire nursery and ready to plant out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAt a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Half-Hardy Trailing Annual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMature size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15–25cm × 40cm spread\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlowering:\u003c\/strong\u003e May to October (continuous)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttracts:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bees, pollinators\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplied as:\u003c\/strong\u003e Set of 3 or 6 plants in 10.5cm pots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eThe detail\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCalibrachoa ‘Cabaret Blue’ is vigorous trailing, mounded, settles happily into hanging baskets, containers, balcony pots, window boxes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy ours\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGrown by us in Yorkshire, in peat-free compost, shipped in plastic-free packaging. Every plant arrives strong, well-rooted and ready to thrive — not weeks of waiting before it gets going. Each order includes access to our free care app with planting and seasonal care reminders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHow to grow\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBotanical name\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003eCalibrachoa hybrida 'Cabaret Blue'\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMature size\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15–25cm × 40cm spread\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVigorous trailing, mounded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull Sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSoil\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWell-drained, fertile, slightly acidic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWatering\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRegular; let top dry between waterings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlowering\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMay to October (continuous)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHalf-Hardy\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAttracts\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBees, pollinators\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHanging baskets, containers, balcony pots, window boxes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it come back next year?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo — this is grown as a seasonal bedding plant in the UK. It will perform brilliantly for one summer, then complete its life cycle. Replant fresh each spring for the same effect.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhen does it flower?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eExpect flowers from may to october (continuous). \u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it really bee-friendly?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — Calibrachoa ‘Cabaret Blue’ is a known nectar source visited by bees, butterflies and other pollinators throughout its flowering season.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it survive a UK winter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eHalf-Hardy — protect from severe frost. In colder regions, lift and bring under cover over winter, or treat as a seasonal display.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size pot does it arrive in?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSets are supplied as 3 or 6 individual plants in 10.5cm pot, well-rooted and ready to plant out.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Season 28","offers":[{"title":"3 Plants","offer_id":57506414985599,"sku":"COL-10.5-CAL-CAB-EAR-BLUX3","price":19.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1002\/7778\/0863\/files\/file_f3db97c1-395f-4342-b461-d71de27531a1.png?v=1778620639"},{"product_id":"col-10-5-cal-cab-lig-pin","title":"Calibrachoa ‘Cabaret Light Pink Eye’ — Half-Hardy Trailing Annual, Bee-Friendly, 10.5cm Pot (Set of 3 or 6)","description":"\u003cp\u003eCalibrachoa ‘Cabaret Light Pink Eye’ — a bright bedding plant with pale pink flowers with a darker eye and flowering may to october. A reliable nectar source for bees and pollinators. Supplied as a set of 3 or 6 well-rooted plants in 10.5cm pots, grown peat-free at our Yorkshire nursery and ready to plant out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAt a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Half-Hardy Trailing Annual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMature size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15–25cm × 40cm spread\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlowering:\u003c\/strong\u003e May to October (continuous)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttracts:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bees, pollinators\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplied as:\u003c\/strong\u003e Set of 3 or 6 plants in 10.5cm pots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eThe detail\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCalibrachoa ‘Cabaret Light Pink Eye’ is vigorous trailing, mounded, settles happily into hanging baskets, containers, balcony pots, window boxes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy ours\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGrown by us in Yorkshire, in peat-free compost, shipped in plastic-free packaging. Every plant arrives strong, well-rooted and ready to thrive — not weeks of waiting before it gets going. Each order includes access to our free care app with planting and seasonal care reminders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHow to grow\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBotanical name\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003eCalibrachoa hybrida 'Cabaret Light Pink Eye'\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMature size\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15–25cm × 40cm spread\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVigorous trailing, mounded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull Sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSoil\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWell-drained, fertile, slightly acidic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWatering\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRegular; let top dry between waterings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlowering\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMay to October (continuous)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHalf-Hardy\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAttracts\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBees, pollinators\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHanging baskets, containers, balcony pots, window boxes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it come back next year?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo — this is grown as a seasonal bedding plant in the UK. It will perform brilliantly for one summer, then complete its life cycle. Replant fresh each spring for the same effect.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhen does it flower?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eExpect flowers from may to october (continuous). \u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it really bee-friendly?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — Calibrachoa ‘Cabaret Light Pink Eye’ is a known nectar source visited by bees, butterflies and other pollinators throughout its flowering season.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it survive a UK winter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eHalf-Hardy — protect from severe frost. In colder regions, lift and bring under cover over winter, or treat as a seasonal display.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size pot does it arrive in?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSets are supplied as 3 or 6 individual plants in 10.5cm pot, well-rooted and ready to plant out.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Season 28","offers":[{"title":"3 Plants","offer_id":57506415804799,"sku":"COL-10.5-CAL-CAB-LIG-PINX3","price":19.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1002\/7778\/0863\/files\/file_d0e7b42e-f1f1-4988-bbb5-849a88ffb777.png?v=1778620642"},{"product_id":"col-10-5-cal-cab-div-ora","title":"Calibrachoa ‘Cabaret Orange’ — Half-Hardy Trailing Annual, Bee-Friendly, 10.5cm Pot (Set of 3 or 6)","description":"\u003cp\u003eCalibrachoa ‘Cabaret Orange’ — a bright bedding plant with vibrant orange-red trumpet flowers and flowering may to october. A reliable nectar source for bees and pollinators. Supplied as a set of 3 or 6 well-rooted plants in 10.5cm pots, grown peat-free at our Yorkshire nursery and ready to plant out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAt a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Half-Hardy Trailing Annual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMature size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15–25cm × 40cm spread\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlowering:\u003c\/strong\u003e May to October (continuous)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttracts:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bees, pollinators\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplied as:\u003c\/strong\u003e Set of 3 or 6 plants in 10.5cm pots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eThe detail\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCalibrachoa ‘Cabaret Orange’ is vigorous trailing, mounded, settles happily into hanging baskets, containers, balcony pots, window boxes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy ours\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGrown by us in Yorkshire, in peat-free compost, shipped in plastic-free packaging. Every plant arrives strong, well-rooted and ready to thrive — not weeks of waiting before it gets going. Each order includes access to our free care app with planting and seasonal care reminders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHow to grow\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBotanical name\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003eCalibrachoa hybrida 'Cabaret Orange'\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMature size\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15–25cm × 40cm spread\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVigorous trailing, mounded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull Sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSoil\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWell-drained, fertile, slightly acidic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWatering\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRegular; let top dry between waterings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlowering\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMay to October (continuous)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHalf-Hardy\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAttracts\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBees, pollinators\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHanging baskets, containers, balcony pots, window boxes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it come back next year?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo — this is grown as a seasonal bedding plant in the UK. It will perform brilliantly for one summer, then complete its life cycle. Replant fresh each spring for the same effect.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhen does it flower?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eExpect flowers from may to october (continuous). \u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it really bee-friendly?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — Calibrachoa ‘Cabaret Orange’ is a known nectar source visited by bees, butterflies and other pollinators throughout its flowering season.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it survive a UK winter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eHalf-Hardy — protect from severe frost. In colder regions, lift and bring under cover over winter, or treat as a seasonal display.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size pot does it arrive in?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSets are supplied as 3 or 6 individual plants in 10.5cm pot, well-rooted and ready to plant out.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Season 28","offers":[{"title":"3 Plants","offer_id":57506416427391,"sku":"COL-10.5-CAL-CAB-DIV-ORAX3","price":19.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1002\/7778\/0863\/files\/file_c95b8f3c-9e39-4d94-b437-3bc1711ee0ad.png?v=1778620644"},{"product_id":"col-10-5-cal-cab-ear-ora","title":"Calibrachoa ‘Cabaret Orange’ — Half-Hardy Trailing Annual, Bee-Friendly, 10.5cm Pot (Set of 3 or 6)","description":"\u003cp\u003eCalibrachoa ‘Cabaret Orange’ — a bright bedding plant with vibrant orange-red trumpet flowers and flowering may to october. A reliable nectar source for bees and pollinators. Supplied as a set of 3 or 6 well-rooted plants in 10.5cm pots, grown peat-free at our Yorkshire nursery and ready to plant out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAt a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Half-Hardy Trailing Annual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMature size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15–25cm × 40cm spread\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlowering:\u003c\/strong\u003e May to October (continuous)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttracts:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bees, pollinators\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplied as:\u003c\/strong\u003e Set of 3 or 6 plants in 10.5cm pots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eThe detail\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCalibrachoa ‘Cabaret Orange’ is vigorous trailing, mounded, settles happily into hanging baskets, containers, balcony pots, window boxes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy ours\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGrown by us in Yorkshire, in peat-free compost, shipped in plastic-free packaging. Every plant arrives strong, well-rooted and ready to thrive — not weeks of waiting before it gets going. Each order includes access to our free care app with planting and seasonal care reminders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHow to grow\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBotanical name\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003eCalibrachoa hybrida 'Cabaret Orange'\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMature size\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15–25cm × 40cm spread\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVigorous trailing, mounded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull Sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSoil\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWell-drained, fertile, slightly acidic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWatering\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRegular; let top dry between waterings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlowering\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMay to October (continuous)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHalf-Hardy\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAttracts\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBees, pollinators\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHanging baskets, containers, balcony pots, window boxes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it come back next year?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo — this is grown as a seasonal bedding plant in the UK. It will perform brilliantly for one summer, then complete its life cycle. Replant fresh each spring for the same effect.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhen does it flower?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eExpect flowers from may to october (continuous). \u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it really bee-friendly?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — Calibrachoa ‘Cabaret Orange’ is a known nectar source visited by bees, butterflies and other pollinators throughout its flowering season.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it survive a UK winter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eHalf-Hardy — protect from severe frost. In colder regions, lift and bring under cover over winter, or treat as a seasonal display.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size pot does it arrive in?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSets are supplied as 3 or 6 individual plants in 10.5cm pot, well-rooted and ready to plant out.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Season 28","offers":[{"title":"3 Plants","offer_id":57506416787839,"sku":"COL-10.5-CAL-CAB-EAR-ORAX3","price":19.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1002\/7778\/0863\/files\/file_a49a586b-2733-4eb3-99f4-68908e7e5fdd.png?v=1778620643"},{"product_id":"col-10-5-cal-bum-bee-blu","title":"Calibrachoa ‘Bumble Bee Blue’ — Half-Hardy Trailing Annual, Bee-Friendly, 10.5cm Pot (Set of 3 or 6)","description":"\u003cp\u003eCalibrachoa ‘Bumble Bee Blue’ — a bright bedding plant with violet-blue flowers with bright yellow throat — bumblebee-patterned and flowering may to october. A reliable nectar source for bees and pollinators. Supplied as a set of 3 or 6 well-rooted plants in 10.5cm pots, grown peat-free at our Yorkshire nursery and ready to plant out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAt a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Half-Hardy Trailing Annual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMature size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15–25cm × 40cm spread\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlowering:\u003c\/strong\u003e May to October (continuous)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttracts:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bees, pollinators\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplied as:\u003c\/strong\u003e Set of 3 or 6 plants in 10.5cm pots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eThe detail\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCalibrachoa ‘Bumble Bee Blue’ is vigorous trailing, mounded, settles happily into hanging baskets, containers, balcony pots, window boxes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy ours\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGrown by us in Yorkshire, in peat-free compost, shipped in plastic-free packaging. Every plant arrives strong, well-rooted and ready to thrive — not weeks of waiting before it gets going. Each order includes access to our free care app with planting and seasonal care reminders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHow to grow\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBotanical name\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003eCalibrachoa hybrida 'Bumble Bee Blue'\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMature size\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15–25cm × 40cm spread\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVigorous trailing, mounded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull Sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSoil\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWell-drained, fertile, slightly acidic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWatering\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRegular; let top dry between waterings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlowering\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMay to October (continuous)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHalf-Hardy\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAttracts\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBees, pollinators\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHanging baskets, containers, balcony pots, window boxes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it come back next year?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo — this is grown as a seasonal bedding plant in the UK. It will perform brilliantly for one summer, then complete its life cycle. Replant fresh each spring for the same effect.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhen does it flower?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eExpect flowers from may to october (continuous). \u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it really bee-friendly?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — Calibrachoa ‘Bumble Bee Blue’ is a known nectar source visited by bees, butterflies and other pollinators throughout its flowering season.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it survive a UK winter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eHalf-Hardy — protect from severe frost. In colder regions, lift and bring under cover over winter, or treat as a seasonal display.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size pot does it arrive in?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSets are supplied as 3 or 6 individual plants in 10.5cm pot, well-rooted and ready to plant out.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Season 28","offers":[{"title":"3 Plants","offer_id":57506417541503,"sku":"COL-10.5-CAL-BUM-BEE-BLUX3","price":19.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1002\/7778\/0863\/files\/file_c8bea3df-0491-4472-bf95-b3b6ddcc6423.png?v=1778620644"},{"product_id":"col-10-5-cal-bum-hot-pin","title":"Calibrachoa ‘Bumble Bee Hot Pink’ — Half-Hardy Trailing Annual, Bee-Friendly, 10.5cm Pot (Set of 3 or 6)","description":"\u003cp\u003eCalibrachoa ‘Bumble Bee Hot Pink’ — a bright bedding plant with hot pink flowers with deep yellow throat — bumblebee-patterned and flowering may to october. A reliable nectar source for bees and pollinators. Supplied as a set of 3 or 6 well-rooted plants in 10.5cm pots, grown peat-free at our Yorkshire nursery and ready to plant out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAt a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Half-Hardy Trailing Annual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMature size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15–25cm × 40cm spread\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlowering:\u003c\/strong\u003e May to October (continuous)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttracts:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bees, pollinators\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplied as:\u003c\/strong\u003e Set of 3 or 6 plants in 10.5cm pots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eThe detail\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCalibrachoa ‘Bumble Bee Hot Pink’ is vigorous trailing, mounded, settles happily into hanging baskets, containers, balcony pots, window boxes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy ours\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGrown by us in Yorkshire, in peat-free compost, shipped in plastic-free packaging. Every plant arrives strong, well-rooted and ready to thrive — not weeks of waiting before it gets going. Each order includes access to our free care app with planting and seasonal care reminders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHow to grow\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBotanical name\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003eCalibrachoa hybrida 'Bumble Bee Hot Pink'\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMature size\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15–25cm × 40cm spread\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVigorous trailing, mounded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull Sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSoil\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWell-drained, fertile, slightly acidic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWatering\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRegular; let top dry between waterings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlowering\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMay to October (continuous)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHalf-Hardy\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAttracts\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBees, pollinators\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHanging baskets, containers, balcony pots, window boxes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it come back next year?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo — this is grown as a seasonal bedding plant in the UK. It will perform brilliantly for one summer, then complete its life cycle. Replant fresh each spring for the same effect.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhen does it flower?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eExpect flowers from may to october (continuous). \u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it really bee-friendly?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — Calibrachoa ‘Bumble Bee Hot Pink’ is a known nectar source visited by bees, butterflies and other pollinators throughout its flowering season.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it survive a UK winter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eHalf-Hardy — protect from severe frost. In colder regions, lift and bring under cover over winter, or treat as a seasonal display.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size pot does it arrive in?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSets are supplied as 3 or 6 individual plants in 10.5cm pot, well-rooted and ready to plant out.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Season 28","offers":[{"title":"3 Plants","offer_id":57506417836415,"sku":"COL-10.5-CAL-BUM-HOT-PINX3","price":19.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1002\/7778\/0863\/files\/file_fd31aa35-8016-4a4a-b190-0c214caa42fb.png?v=1778620647"},{"product_id":"col-1ltr-ger-lavender","title":"Pelargonium ‘Klass’ — Tender Perennial (grown as bedding), Bee-Friendly, 1L Pot (Set of 3 or 6)","description":"\u003cp\u003ePelargonium ‘Klass’ — a bright bedding plant with round flower heads in vibrant shades and flowering may to october. A reliable nectar source for bees and pollinators. Supplied as a set of 3 or 6 well-rooted plants in 1L pots, grown peat-free at our Yorkshire nursery and ready to plant out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAt a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tender Perennial (grown as bedding)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMature size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30–45cm × 30cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlowering:\u003c\/strong\u003e May to October (continuous if deadheaded)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttracts:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplied as:\u003c\/strong\u003e Set of 3 or 6 plants in 1L pots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eThe detail\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePelargonium ‘Klass’ is upright, bushy or trailing depending on type, settles happily into containers, hanging baskets, summer bedding, window boxes, balcony pots.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy ours\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGrown by us in Yorkshire, in peat-free compost, shipped in plastic-free packaging. Every plant arrives strong, well-rooted and ready to thrive — not weeks of waiting before it gets going. Each order includes access to our free care app with planting and seasonal care reminders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHow to grow\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBotanical name\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003ePelargonium x hortorum 'Klass'\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMature size\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30–45cm × 30cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpright, bushy or trailing depending on type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull Sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSoil\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWell-drained, moderately fertile\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWatering\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRegular; allow to dry slightly between — drought-tolerant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlowering\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMay to October (continuous if deadheaded)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTender\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAttracts\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBees\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContainers, hanging baskets, summer bedding, window boxes, balcony pots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it come back next year?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo — this is grown as a seasonal bedding plant in the UK. It will perform brilliantly for one summer, then complete its life cycle. Replant fresh each spring for the same effect.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhen does it flower?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eExpect flowers from may to october (continuous if deadheaded). \u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it really bee-friendly?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — Pelargonium ‘Klass’ is a known nectar source visited by bees, butterflies and other pollinators throughout its flowering season.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it survive a UK winter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eTender — protect from severe frost. In colder regions, lift and bring under cover over winter, or treat as a seasonal display.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size pot does it arrive in?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSets are supplied as 3 or 6 individual plants in 1L pot, well-rooted and ready to plant out.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Season 28","offers":[{"title":"3 Plants","offer_id":57506426683775,"sku":"COL-1LTR-GER-LAVENDER","price":23.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false},{"title":"6 Plants","offer_id":57506426716543,"sku":"COL-1LTR-GER-LAVENDERX6","price":37.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1002\/7778\/0863\/files\/file_fe57e923-ac9a-45bb-89a1-2ae237085f48.png?v=1778620666"},{"product_id":"col-1ltr-ger-pretty-little","title":"Pelargonium ‘Pink Splash’ — Tender Perennial (grown as bedding), Bee-Friendly, 1L Pot (Set of 3 or 6)","description":"\u003cp\u003ePelargonium ‘Pink Splash’ — a bright bedding plant with pretty pale pink flowers splashed with darker rose markings and flowering may to october. A reliable nectar source for bees and pollinators. Supplied as a set of 3 or 6 well-rooted plants in 1L pots, grown peat-free at our Yorkshire nursery and ready to plant out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAt a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tender Perennial (grown as bedding)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMature size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30–45cm × 30cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlowering:\u003c\/strong\u003e May to October (continuous if deadheaded)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttracts:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplied as:\u003c\/strong\u003e Set of 3 or 6 plants in 1L pots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eThe detail\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePelargonium ‘Pink Splash’ is upright, bushy or trailing depending on type, settles happily into containers, hanging baskets, summer bedding, window boxes, balcony pots.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy ours\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGrown by us in Yorkshire, in peat-free compost, shipped in plastic-free packaging. Every plant arrives strong, well-rooted and ready to thrive — not weeks of waiting before it gets going. Each order includes access to our free care app with planting and seasonal care reminders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHow to grow\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBotanical name\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003ePelargonium interspecific 'Pink Splash'\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMature size\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30–45cm × 30cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpright, bushy or trailing depending on type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull Sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSoil\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWell-drained, moderately fertile\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWatering\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRegular; allow to dry slightly between — drought-tolerant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlowering\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMay to October (continuous if deadheaded)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTender\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAttracts\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBees\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContainers, hanging baskets, summer bedding, window boxes, balcony pots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it come back next year?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo — this is grown as a seasonal bedding plant in the UK. It will perform brilliantly for one summer, then complete its life cycle. Replant fresh each spring for the same effect.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhen does it flower?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eExpect flowers from may to october (continuous if deadheaded). \u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it really bee-friendly?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — Pelargonium ‘Pink Splash’ is a known nectar source visited by bees, butterflies and other pollinators throughout its flowering season.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it survive a UK winter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eTender — protect from severe frost. In colder regions, lift and bring under cover over winter, or treat as a seasonal display.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size pot does it arrive in?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSets are supplied as 3 or 6 individual plants in 1L pot, well-rooted and ready to plant out.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Season 28","offers":[{"title":"3 Plants","offer_id":57506426749311,"sku":"COL-1LTR-GER-PRETTY-LITTLE","price":24.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1002\/7778\/0863\/files\/file_023851a6-bf65-4d19-9f52-7b3628be64ab.png?v=1778620667"},{"product_id":"col-1ltr-ger-pink-redeye","title":"Pelargonium ‘Tammo’ — Tender Perennial (grown as bedding), Bee-Friendly, 1L Pot (Set of 3 or 6)","description":"\u003cp\u003ePelargonium ‘Tammo’ — a bright bedding plant with round flower heads in vibrant shades and flowering may to october. A reliable nectar source for bees and pollinators. Supplied as a set of 3 or 6 well-rooted plants in 1L pots, grown peat-free at our Yorkshire nursery and ready to plant out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAt a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tender Perennial (grown as bedding)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMature size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30–45cm × 30cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlowering:\u003c\/strong\u003e May to October (continuous if deadheaded)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttracts:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplied as:\u003c\/strong\u003e Set of 3 or 6 plants in 1L pots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eThe detail\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePelargonium ‘Tammo’ is upright, bushy or trailing depending on type, settles happily into containers, hanging baskets, summer bedding, window boxes, balcony pots.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy ours\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGrown by us in Yorkshire, in peat-free compost, shipped in plastic-free packaging. Every plant arrives strong, well-rooted and ready to thrive — not weeks of waiting before it gets going. Each order includes access to our free care app with planting and seasonal care reminders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHow to grow\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBotanical name\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003ePelargonium x hortorum 'Tammo'\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMature size\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30–45cm × 30cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpright, bushy or trailing depending on type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull Sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSoil\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWell-drained, moderately fertile\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWatering\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRegular; allow to dry slightly between — drought-tolerant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlowering\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMay to October (continuous if deadheaded)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTender\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAttracts\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBees\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContainers, hanging baskets, summer bedding, window boxes, balcony pots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it come back next year?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo — this is grown as a seasonal bedding plant in the UK. It will perform brilliantly for one summer, then complete its life cycle. Replant fresh each spring for the same effect.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhen does it flower?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eExpect flowers from may to october (continuous if deadheaded). \u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it really bee-friendly?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — Pelargonium ‘Tammo’ is a known nectar source visited by bees, butterflies and other pollinators throughout its flowering season.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it survive a UK winter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eTender — protect from severe frost. In colder regions, lift and bring under cover over winter, or treat as a seasonal display.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size pot does it arrive in?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSets are supplied as 3 or 6 individual plants in 1L pot, well-rooted and ready to plant out.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Season 28","offers":[{"title":"3 Plants","offer_id":57506426782079,"sku":"COL-1LTR-GER-PINK-REDEYE","price":23.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false},{"title":"6 Plants","offer_id":57506426814847,"sku":"COL-1LTR-GER-PINK-REDEYEX6","price":37.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1002\/7778\/0863\/files\/file_80da84c6-fa14-4c2b-b0d5-70b9af8c023c.png?v=1778620671"},{"product_id":"col-1ltr-ger-white","title":"Pelargonium ‘White’ — Tender Perennial (grown as bedding), Bee-Friendly, 1L Pot (Set of 3 or 6)","description":"\u003cp\u003ePelargonium ‘White’ — a bright bedding plant with round flower heads in vibrant shades and flowering may to october. A reliable nectar source for bees and pollinators. Supplied as a set of 3 or 6 well-rooted plants in 1L pots, grown peat-free at our Yorkshire nursery and ready to plant out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAt a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tender Perennial (grown as bedding)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMature size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30–45cm × 30cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlowering:\u003c\/strong\u003e May to October (continuous if deadheaded)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttracts:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplied as:\u003c\/strong\u003e Set of 3 or 6 plants in 1L pots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eThe detail\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePelargonium ‘White’ is upright, bushy or trailing depending on type, settles happily into containers, hanging baskets, summer bedding, window boxes, balcony pots.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy ours\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGrown by us in Yorkshire, in peat-free compost, shipped in plastic-free packaging. Every plant arrives strong, well-rooted and ready to thrive — not weeks of waiting before it gets going. Each order includes access to our free care app with planting and seasonal care reminders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHow to grow\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBotanical name\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003ePelargonium x hortorum 'White'\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMature size\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30–45cm × 30cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpright, bushy or trailing depending on type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull Sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSoil\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWell-drained, moderately fertile\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWatering\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRegular; allow to dry slightly between — drought-tolerant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlowering\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMay to October (continuous if deadheaded)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTender\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAttracts\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBees\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContainers, hanging baskets, summer bedding, window boxes, balcony pots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it come back next year?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo — this is grown as a seasonal bedding plant in the UK. It will perform brilliantly for one summer, then complete its life cycle. Replant fresh each spring for the same effect.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhen does it flower?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eExpect flowers from may to october (continuous if deadheaded). \u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it really bee-friendly?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — Pelargonium ‘White’ is a known nectar source visited by bees, butterflies and other pollinators throughout its flowering season.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it survive a UK winter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eTender — protect from severe frost. In colder regions, lift and bring under cover over winter, or treat as a seasonal display.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size pot does it arrive in?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSets are supplied as 3 or 6 individual plants in 1L pot, well-rooted and ready to plant out.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Season 28","offers":[{"title":"3 Plants","offer_id":57506426847615,"sku":"COL-1LTR-GER-WHITEX3","price":23.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false},{"title":"6 Plants","offer_id":57506426880383,"sku":"COL-1LTR-GER-WHITEX6","price":37.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1002\/7778\/0863\/files\/file_4acf8452-1dce-423d-b7f7-cff47e352578.png?v=1778620669"},{"product_id":"col-1ltr-ger-stella","title":"Pelargonium ‘Stella’ — Tender Perennial (grown as bedding), Bee-Friendly, 1L Pot (Set of 3 or 6)","description":"\u003cp\u003ePelargonium ‘Stella’ — a bright bedding plant with round flower heads in vibrant shades and flowering may to october. A reliable nectar source for bees and pollinators. Supplied as a set of 3 or 6 well-rooted plants in 1L pots, grown peat-free at our Yorkshire nursery and ready to plant out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAt a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tender Perennial (grown as bedding)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMature size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30–45cm × 30cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlowering:\u003c\/strong\u003e May to October (continuous if deadheaded)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttracts:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplied as:\u003c\/strong\u003e Set of 3 or 6 plants in 1L pots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eThe detail\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePelargonium ‘Stella’ is upright, bushy or trailing depending on type, settles happily into containers, hanging baskets, summer bedding, window boxes, balcony pots.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy ours\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGrown by us in Yorkshire, in peat-free compost, shipped in plastic-free packaging. Every plant arrives strong, well-rooted and ready to thrive — not weeks of waiting before it gets going. Each order includes access to our free care app with planting and seasonal care reminders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHow to grow\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBotanical name\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003ePelargonium x hortorum 'Stella'\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMature size\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30–45cm × 30cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpright, bushy or trailing depending on type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull Sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSoil\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWell-drained, moderately fertile\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWatering\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRegular; allow to dry slightly between — drought-tolerant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlowering\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMay to October (continuous if deadheaded)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTender\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAttracts\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBees\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContainers, hanging baskets, summer bedding, window boxes, balcony pots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it come back next year?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo — this is grown as a seasonal bedding plant in the UK. It will perform brilliantly for one summer, then complete its life cycle. Replant fresh each spring for the same effect.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhen does it flower?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eExpect flowers from may to october (continuous if deadheaded). \u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it really bee-friendly?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — Pelargonium ‘Stella’ is a known nectar source visited by bees, butterflies and other pollinators throughout its flowering season.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it survive a UK winter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eTender — protect from severe frost. In colder regions, lift and bring under cover over winter, or treat as a seasonal display.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size pot does it arrive in?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSets are supplied as 3 or 6 individual plants in 1L pot, well-rooted and ready to plant out.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Season 28","offers":[{"title":"3 Plants","offer_id":57506426913151,"sku":"COL-1LTR-GER-STELLAX3","price":23.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"6 Plants","offer_id":57506426945919,"sku":"COL-1LTR-GER-STELLAX6","price":37.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1002\/7778\/0863\/files\/file_676d545b-faa9-403b-b268-b259416db382.png?v=1778620671"},{"product_id":"col-1ltr-ger-llc-redeye","title":"Pelargonium ‘Linus’ — Tender Perennial (grown as bedding), Bee-Friendly, 1L Pot (Set of 3 or 6)","description":"\u003cp\u003ePelargonium ‘Linus’ — a bright bedding plant with round flower heads in vibrant shades and flowering may to october. A reliable nectar source for bees and pollinators. Supplied as a set of 3 or 6 well-rooted plants in 1L pots, grown peat-free at our Yorkshire nursery and ready to plant out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAt a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tender Perennial (grown as bedding)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMature size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30–45cm × 30cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlowering:\u003c\/strong\u003e May to October (continuous if deadheaded)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttracts:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplied as:\u003c\/strong\u003e Set of 3 or 6 plants in 1L pots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eThe detail\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePelargonium ‘Linus’ is upright, bushy or trailing depending on type, settles happily into containers, hanging baskets, summer bedding, window boxes, balcony pots.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy ours\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGrown by us in Yorkshire, in peat-free compost, shipped in plastic-free packaging. Every plant arrives strong, well-rooted and ready to thrive — not weeks of waiting before it gets going. Each order includes access to our free care app with planting and seasonal care reminders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHow to grow\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBotanical name\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003ePelargonium x hortorum 'Linus'\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMature size\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30–45cm × 30cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpright, bushy or trailing depending on type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull Sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSoil\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWell-drained, moderately fertile\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWatering\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRegular; allow to dry slightly between — drought-tolerant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlowering\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMay to October (continuous if deadheaded)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTender\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAttracts\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBees\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContainers, hanging baskets, summer bedding, window boxes, balcony pots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it come back next year?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo — this is grown as a seasonal bedding plant in the UK. It will perform brilliantly for one summer, then complete its life cycle. Replant fresh each spring for the same effect.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhen does it flower?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eExpect flowers from may to october (continuous if deadheaded). \u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it really bee-friendly?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — Pelargonium ‘Linus’ is a known nectar source visited by bees, butterflies and other pollinators throughout its flowering season.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it survive a UK winter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eTender — protect from severe frost. In colder regions, lift and bring under cover over winter, or treat as a seasonal display.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size pot does it arrive in?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSets are supplied as 3 or 6 individual plants in 1L pot, well-rooted and ready to plant out.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Season 28","offers":[{"title":"3 Plants","offer_id":57506427699583,"sku":"COL-1LTR-GER-LLC-REDEYEX3","price":23.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false},{"title":"6 Plants","offer_id":57506427732351,"sku":"COL-1LTR-GER-LLC-REDEYEX6","price":37.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1002\/7778\/0863\/files\/file_f8d2231f-9441-41c3-8026-e4f3ee300545.png?v=1778620672"},{"product_id":"col-1ltr-ger-lotusland","title":"Pelargonium ‘Lotusland’ — Tender Perennial (grown as bedding), Bee-Friendly, 1L Pot (Set of 3 or 6)","description":"\u003cp\u003ePelargonium ‘Lotusland’ — a bright bedding plant with round flower heads in vibrant shades and flowering may to october. A reliable nectar source for bees and pollinators. Supplied as a set of 3 or 6 well-rooted plants in 1L pots, grown peat-free at our Yorkshire nursery and ready to plant out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAt a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tender Perennial (grown as bedding)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMature size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30–45cm × 30cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlowering:\u003c\/strong\u003e May to October (continuous if deadheaded)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttracts:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplied as:\u003c\/strong\u003e Set of 3 or 6 plants in 1L pots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eThe detail\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePelargonium ‘Lotusland’ is upright, bushy or trailing depending on type, settles happily into containers, hanging baskets, summer bedding, window boxes, balcony pots.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy ours\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGrown by us in Yorkshire, in peat-free compost, shipped in plastic-free packaging. Every plant arrives strong, well-rooted and ready to thrive — not weeks of waiting before it gets going. Each order includes access to our free care app with planting and seasonal care reminders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHow to grow\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBotanical name\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003ePelargonium peltatum hybrids 'Lotusland'\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMature size\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30–45cm × 30cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpright, bushy or trailing depending on type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull Sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSoil\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWell-drained, moderately fertile\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWatering\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRegular; allow to dry slightly between — drought-tolerant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlowering\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMay to October (continuous if deadheaded)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTender\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAttracts\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBees\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContainers, hanging baskets, summer bedding, window boxes, balcony pots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it come back next year?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo — this is grown as a seasonal bedding plant in the UK. It will perform brilliantly for one summer, then complete its life cycle. Replant fresh each spring for the same effect.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhen does it flower?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eExpect flowers from may to october (continuous if deadheaded). \u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it really bee-friendly?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — Pelargonium ‘Lotusland’ is a known nectar source visited by bees, butterflies and other pollinators throughout its flowering season.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it survive a UK winter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eTender — protect from severe frost. In colder regions, lift and bring under cover over winter, or treat as a seasonal display.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size pot does it arrive in?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSets are supplied as 3 or 6 individual plants in 1L pot, well-rooted and ready to plant out.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Season 28","offers":[{"title":"3 Plants","offer_id":57506428256639,"sku":"COL-1LTR-GER-LOTUSLANDX3","price":23.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false},{"title":"6 Plants","offer_id":57506428289407,"sku":"COL-1LTR-GER-LOTUSLANDX6","price":37.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1002\/7778\/0863\/files\/file_7082cff9-8773-4355-a536-4b676b413075.png?v=1778620673"},{"product_id":"col-1ltr-ros-ast","title":"Pelargonium ‘Rosebud Astrid’ — Tender Perennial (grown as bedding), Bee-Friendly, 1L Pot (Set of 3 or 6)","description":"\u003cp\u003ePelargonium ‘Rosebud Astrid’ — a bright bedding plant with round flower heads in vibrant shades and flowering may to october. A reliable nectar source for bees and pollinators. Supplied as a set of 3 or 6 well-rooted plants in 1L pots, grown peat-free at our Yorkshire nursery and ready to plant out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAt a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tender Perennial (grown as bedding)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMature size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30–45cm × 30cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlowering:\u003c\/strong\u003e May to October (continuous if deadheaded)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttracts:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplied as:\u003c\/strong\u003e Set of 3 or 6 plants in 1L pots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eThe detail\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePelargonium ‘Rosebud Astrid’ is upright, bushy or trailing depending on type, settles happily into containers, hanging baskets, summer bedding, window boxes, balcony pots.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy ours\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGrown by us in Yorkshire, in peat-free compost, shipped in plastic-free packaging. Every plant arrives strong, well-rooted and ready to thrive — not weeks of waiting before it gets going. Each order includes access to our free care app with planting and seasonal care reminders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHow to grow\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBotanical name\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003ePelargonium x hortorum 'Rosebud Astrid'\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMature size\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30–45cm × 30cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpright, bushy or trailing depending on type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull Sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSoil\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWell-drained, moderately fertile\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWatering\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRegular; allow to dry slightly between — drought-tolerant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlowering\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMay to October (continuous if deadheaded)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTender\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAttracts\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBees\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContainers, hanging baskets, summer bedding, window boxes, balcony pots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it come back next year?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo — this is grown as a seasonal bedding plant in the UK. It will perform brilliantly for one summer, then complete its life cycle. Replant fresh each spring for the same effect.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhen does it flower?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eExpect flowers from may to october (continuous if deadheaded). \u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it really bee-friendly?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — Pelargonium ‘Rosebud Astrid’ is a known nectar source visited by bees, butterflies and other pollinators throughout its flowering season.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it survive a UK winter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eTender — protect from severe frost. In colder regions, lift and bring under cover over winter, or treat as a seasonal display.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size pot does it arrive in?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSets are supplied as 3 or 6 individual plants in 1L pot, well-rooted and ready to plant out.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Season 28","offers":[{"title":"3 Plants","offer_id":57506428682623,"sku":"COL-1LTR-ROS-ASTX3","price":23.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1002\/7778\/0863\/files\/file_1f64bd69-5237-47c0-96ed-a761bf6b7cc3.png?v=1778620678"},{"product_id":"col-1ltr-ger-frk-headly","title":"Pelargonium ‘Frank Hedley’ — Tender Perennial (grown as bedding), Bee-Friendly, 1L Pot (Set of 3 or 6)","description":"\u003cp\u003ePelargonium ‘Frank Hedley’ — a bright bedding plant with round flower heads in vibrant shades and flowering may to october. A reliable nectar source for bees and pollinators. Supplied as a set of 3 or 6 well-rooted plants in 1L pots, grown peat-free at our Yorkshire nursery and ready to plant out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAt a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tender Perennial (grown as bedding)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMature size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30–45cm × 30cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlowering:\u003c\/strong\u003e May to October (continuous if deadheaded)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttracts:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplied as:\u003c\/strong\u003e Set of 3 or 6 plants in 1L pots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eThe detail\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePelargonium ‘Frank Hedley’ is upright, bushy or trailing depending on type, settles happily into containers, hanging baskets, summer bedding, window boxes, balcony pots.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy ours\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGrown by us in Yorkshire, in peat-free compost, shipped in plastic-free packaging. Every plant arrives strong, well-rooted and ready to thrive — not weeks of waiting before it gets going. Each order includes access to our free care app with planting and seasonal care reminders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHow to grow\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBotanical name\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003ePelargonium peltatum hybrids 'Frank Hedley'\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMature size\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30–45cm × 30cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpright, bushy or trailing depending on type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull Sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSoil\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWell-drained, moderately fertile\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWatering\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRegular; allow to dry slightly between — drought-tolerant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlowering\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMay to October (continuous if deadheaded)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTender\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAttracts\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBees\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContainers, hanging baskets, summer bedding, window boxes, balcony pots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it come back next year?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo — this is grown as a seasonal bedding plant in the UK. It will perform brilliantly for one summer, then complete its life cycle. Replant fresh each spring for the same effect.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhen does it flower?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eExpect flowers from may to october (continuous if deadheaded). \u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it really bee-friendly?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — Pelargonium ‘Frank Hedley’ is a known nectar source visited by bees, butterflies and other pollinators throughout its flowering season.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it survive a UK winter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eTender — protect from severe frost. In colder regions, lift and bring under cover over winter, or treat as a seasonal display.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size pot does it arrive in?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSets are supplied as 3 or 6 individual plants in 1L pot, well-rooted and ready to plant out.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Season 28","offers":[{"title":"3 Plants","offer_id":57506429305215,"sku":"COL-1LTR-GER-FRK-HEADLYX3","price":23.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false},{"title":"6 Plants","offer_id":57506429337983,"sku":"COL-1LTR-GER-FRK-HEADLYXX6","price":37.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1002\/7778\/0863\/files\/file_411f8004-51a6-4a49-be2a-c152f9df64cc.png?v=1778620678"},{"product_id":"col-10-5-tom-con","title":"Tomato ‘Consuelo’ — Edible Plant, 10.5cm Pot (Set of 3 or 6)","description":"\u003cp\u003eTomato ‘Consuelo’ — An easy-to-grow edible plant. Supplied as a set of 3 or 6 well-rooted plants in 10.5cm pots, grown peat-free at our Yorkshire nursery and ready to plant out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAt a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Edible plant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMature size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 150–200cm x 50cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplied as:\u003c\/strong\u003e Set of 3 or 6 plants in 10.5cm pots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eThe detail\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWeak roots often lead to poor growth \u0026amp; low fruit yields. A modern cherry-sized tomato variety, our highly prolific Consuelo tomato plants arrive with 6 large, fully developed 1-litre root balls, promoting healthier, faster growth. Grown in nutrient-rich, peat-free compost, they are resistant to early \u0026amp; late blight, as well as common wilt issues, with vigorous vines that produce flavour-packed, bite-sized tomatoes throughout the growing season.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eUnlike supermarket or garden centre plants that often arrive wilted \u0026amp; stressed, our tomato plants are carefully nurtured \u0026amp; freshly delivered from our UK nursery in Yorkshire in plastic-free, giftable packaging. An indeterminate, high-yielding variety, they are ready to be planted straight into a patio pot or container. Each plant is primed to produce large, glossy, vibrant red cherry-sized tomatoes with juicy, tender flesh \u0026amp; a sweet, juicy flavour.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy ours\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGrown by us in Yorkshire, in peat-free compost, shipped in plastic-free packaging. Every plant arrives strong, well-rooted and ready to thrive — not weeks of waiting before it gets going. Each order includes access to our free care app with planting and seasonal care reminders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHow to grow\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMature size\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150–200cm x 50cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull Sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePots, Containers, Raised Beds, Greenhouses\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhen can I harvest?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eExpect to harvest across the main growing season. Picking regularly encourages continued cropping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it come back next year?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eDepends on the variety — see the cultural information above for hardiness. Hardy perennials and most fruit plants return for several years.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size pot does it arrive in?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSets are supplied as 3 or 6 individual plants in 10.5cm pot, well-rooted and ready to plant out or pot on.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Season 28","offers":[{"title":"3 Plants","offer_id":57506450309503,"sku":"COL-10.5-TOM-CONX3","price":18.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false},{"title":"6 Plants","offer_id":57506450342271,"sku":"COL-10.5-TOM-CONX6","price":25.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1002\/7778\/0863\/files\/file_dffc5d57-9f7f-4c72-85bb-4bdb5a61c188.png?v=1778620712"},{"product_id":"col-10-5-chi-sco-bon","title":"Chilli 'Scotch Bonnet' — Edible Annual, 10.5cm Pot (Set of 3 or 6)","description":"\u003cp\u003eChilli 'Scotch Bonnet' — an easy-to-grow edible plant with cropping summer to early autumn. Supplied as a set of 3 or 6 well-rooted plants in 10.5cm pots, grown peat-free at our Yorkshire nursery and ready to plant out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAt a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Edible plant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMature size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Typically 40–70 cm tall × 30–50 cm wide (Variety Dependent)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest:\u003c\/strong\u003e Summer to Early Autumn\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplied as:\u003c\/strong\u003e Set of 3 or 6 plants in 10.5cm pots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eThe detail\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou can choose from a carefully curated range of chilli pepper varieties, including the intensely hot Scotch Bonnet, versatile Hungarian Hot Wax, classic Jalapeño, ornamental Zimbabwe Black, fiery Thai Dragon, super-hot Armageddon, richly flavoured Chocolate Habanero and the mild-yet-unpredictable Padron.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach variety forms a compact, bushy plant with healthy green foliage and develops its own distinctive fruit shape, size and colour, from thick-walled pods to slender upright chillies and deeply wrinkled lantern forms. Heat levels range from mild and approachable through to extremely hot, allowing growers to tailor planting to culinary preference while enjoying strong visual appeal and consistent cropping throughout the season.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy ours\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGrown by us in Yorkshire, in peat-free compost, shipped in plastic-free packaging. Every plant arrives strong, well-rooted and ready to thrive — not weeks of waiting before it gets going. Each order includes access to our free care app with planting and seasonal care reminders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHow to grow\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMature size\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTypically 40–70 cm tall × 30–50 cm wide (Variety Dependent)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompact to Upright, Bushy Annual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull Sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWatering\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRegular, Especially During Flowering \u0026amp; Fruiting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSummer to Early Autumn\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePots, Containers, Greenhouses, Sunny Patios \u0026amp; Garden Beds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhen can I harvest?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eExpect to harvest Summer to Early Autumn. Picking regularly encourages continued cropping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it come back next year?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eDepends on the variety — see the cultural information above for hardiness. Hardy perennials and most fruit plants return for several years.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size pot does it arrive in?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSets are supplied as 3 or 6 individual plants in 10.5cm pot, well-rooted and ready to plant out or pot on.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Season 28","offers":[{"title":"3 Plants","offer_id":57506485830015,"sku":"COL-10.5-CHI-SCO-BONX3","price":18.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"6 Plants","offer_id":57506485862783,"sku":"COL-10.5-CHI-SCO-BONX6","price":25.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1002\/7778\/0863\/files\/file_28dee76c-aad6-4d8d-9c48-ece7a61975ce.png?v=1778620770"},{"product_id":"col-10-5-chi-hun-hot","title":"Chilli 'Hungarian Hot Wax' — Edible Annual, 10.5cm Pot (Set of 3 or 6)","description":"\u003cp\u003eChilli 'Hungarian Hot Wax' — an easy-to-grow edible plant with cropping summer to early autumn. Supplied as a set of 3 or 6 well-rooted plants in 10.5cm pots, grown peat-free at our Yorkshire nursery and ready to plant out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAt a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Edible plant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMature size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Typically 40–70 cm tall × 30–50 cm wide (Variety Dependent)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest:\u003c\/strong\u003e Summer to Early Autumn\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplied as:\u003c\/strong\u003e Set of 3 or 6 plants in 10.5cm pots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eThe detail\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou can choose from a carefully curated range of chilli pepper varieties, including the intensely hot Scotch Bonnet, versatile Hungarian Hot Wax, classic Jalapeño, ornamental Zimbabwe Black, fiery Thai Dragon, super-hot Armageddon, richly flavoured Chocolate Habanero and the mild-yet-unpredictable Padron.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach variety forms a compact, bushy plant with healthy green foliage and develops its own distinctive fruit shape, size and colour, from thick-walled pods to slender upright chillies and deeply wrinkled lantern forms. Heat levels range from mild and approachable through to extremely hot, allowing growers to tailor planting to culinary preference while enjoying strong visual appeal and consistent cropping throughout the season.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy ours\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGrown by us in Yorkshire, in peat-free compost, shipped in plastic-free packaging. Every plant arrives strong, well-rooted and ready to thrive — not weeks of waiting before it gets going. Each order includes access to our free care app with planting and seasonal care reminders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHow to grow\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMature size\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTypically 40–70 cm tall × 30–50 cm wide (Variety Dependent)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompact to Upright, Bushy Annual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull Sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWatering\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRegular, Especially During Flowering \u0026amp; Fruiting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSummer to Early Autumn\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePots, Containers, Greenhouses, Sunny Patios \u0026amp; Garden Beds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhen can I harvest?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eExpect to harvest Summer to Early Autumn. Picking regularly encourages continued cropping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it come back next year?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eDepends on the variety — see the cultural information above for hardiness. Hardy perennials and most fruit plants return for several years.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size pot does it arrive in?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSets are supplied as 3 or 6 individual plants in 10.5cm pot, well-rooted and ready to plant out or pot on.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Season 28","offers":[{"title":"3 Plants","offer_id":57506486780287,"sku":"COL-10.5-CHI-HUN-HOTX3","price":18.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"6 Plants","offer_id":57506486813055,"sku":"COL-10.5-CHI-HUN-HOTX6","price":25.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1002\/7778\/0863\/files\/file_2f2a30d8-9daf-429a-be4f-e2ecd2e4a50c.png?v=1778620772"},{"product_id":"col-10-5-chi-jal","title":"Chilli 'Jalapeño' — Edible Annual, 10.5cm Pot (Set of 3 or 6)","description":"\u003cp\u003eChilli 'Jalapeño' — an easy-to-grow edible plant with cropping summer to early autumn. Supplied as a set of 3 or 6 well-rooted plants in 10.5cm pots, grown peat-free at our Yorkshire nursery and ready to plant out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAt a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Edible plant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMature size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Typically 40–70 cm tall × 30–50 cm wide (Variety Dependent)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest:\u003c\/strong\u003e Summer to Early Autumn\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplied as:\u003c\/strong\u003e Set of 3 or 6 plants in 10.5cm pots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eThe detail\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou can choose from a carefully curated range of chilli pepper varieties, including the intensely hot Scotch Bonnet, versatile Hungarian Hot Wax, classic Jalapeño, ornamental Zimbabwe Black, fiery Thai Dragon, super-hot Armageddon, richly flavoured Chocolate Habanero and the mild-yet-unpredictable Padron.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach variety forms a compact, bushy plant with healthy green foliage and develops its own distinctive fruit shape, size and colour, from thick-walled pods to slender upright chillies and deeply wrinkled lantern forms. Heat levels range from mild and approachable through to extremely hot, allowing growers to tailor planting to culinary preference while enjoying strong visual appeal and consistent cropping throughout the season.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy ours\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGrown by us in Yorkshire, in peat-free compost, shipped in plastic-free packaging. Every plant arrives strong, well-rooted and ready to thrive — not weeks of waiting before it gets going. Each order includes access to our free care app with planting and seasonal care reminders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHow to grow\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMature size\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTypically 40–70 cm tall × 30–50 cm wide (Variety Dependent)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompact to Upright, Bushy Annual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull Sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWatering\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRegular, Especially During Flowering \u0026amp; Fruiting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSummer to Early Autumn\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePots, Containers, Greenhouses, Sunny Patios \u0026amp; Garden Beds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhen can I harvest?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eExpect to harvest Summer to Early Autumn. Picking regularly encourages continued cropping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it come back next year?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eDepends on the variety — see the cultural information above for hardiness. Hardy perennials and most fruit plants return for several years.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size pot does it arrive in?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSets are supplied as 3 or 6 individual plants in 10.5cm pot, well-rooted and ready to plant out or pot on.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Season 28","offers":[{"title":"3 Plants","offer_id":57506488156543,"sku":"COL-10.5-CHI-JALX3","price":18.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"6 Plants","offer_id":57506488189311,"sku":"COL-10.5-CHI-JALX6","price":25.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1002\/7778\/0863\/files\/file_7a9c4d6b-f14e-4406-9a39-165ecffdab63.png?v=1778620771"},{"product_id":"col-10-5-chi-zim-bla","title":"Chilli 'Zimbabwe Black' — Edible Annual, 10.5cm Pot (Set of 3 or 6)","description":"\u003cp\u003eChilli 'Zimbabwe Black' — an easy-to-grow edible plant with cropping summer to early autumn. Supplied as a set of 3 or 6 well-rooted plants in 10.5cm pots, grown peat-free at our Yorkshire nursery and ready to plant out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAt a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Edible plant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMature size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Typically 40–70 cm tall × 30–50 cm wide (Variety Dependent)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest:\u003c\/strong\u003e Summer to Early Autumn\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplied as:\u003c\/strong\u003e Set of 3 or 6 plants in 10.5cm pots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eThe detail\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou can choose from a carefully curated range of chilli pepper varieties, including the intensely hot Scotch Bonnet, versatile Hungarian Hot Wax, classic Jalapeño, ornamental Zimbabwe Black, fiery Thai Dragon, super-hot Armageddon, richly flavoured Chocolate Habanero and the mild-yet-unpredictable Padron.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach variety forms a compact, bushy plant with healthy green foliage and develops its own distinctive fruit shape, size and colour, from thick-walled pods to slender upright chillies and deeply wrinkled lantern forms. Heat levels range from mild and approachable through to extremely hot, allowing growers to tailor planting to culinary preference while enjoying strong visual appeal and consistent cropping throughout the season.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy ours\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGrown by us in Yorkshire, in peat-free compost, shipped in plastic-free packaging. Every plant arrives strong, well-rooted and ready to thrive — not weeks of waiting before it gets going. Each order includes access to our free care app with planting and seasonal care reminders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHow to grow\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMature size\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTypically 40–70 cm tall × 30–50 cm wide (Variety Dependent)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompact to Upright, Bushy Annual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull Sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWatering\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRegular, Especially During Flowering \u0026amp; Fruiting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSummer to Early Autumn\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePots, Containers, Greenhouses, Sunny Patios \u0026amp; Garden Beds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhen can I harvest?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eExpect to harvest Summer to Early Autumn. Picking regularly encourages continued cropping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it come back next year?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eDepends on the variety — see the cultural information above for hardiness. Hardy perennials and most fruit plants return for several years.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size pot does it arrive in?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSets are supplied as 3 or 6 individual plants in 10.5cm pot, well-rooted and ready to plant out or pot on.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Season 28","offers":[{"title":"3 Plants","offer_id":57506488222079,"sku":"COL-10.5-CHI-ZIM-BLAX3","price":18.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false},{"title":"6 Plants","offer_id":57506488254847,"sku":"COL-10.5-CHI-ZIM-BLAX6","price":25.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1002\/7778\/0863\/files\/file_5dca0d4e-fdf9-4dbb-b908-fa42c3e5767e.png?v=1778620773"},{"product_id":"col-10-5-chi-tha-dra","title":"Chilli 'Thai Dragon' — Edible Annual, 10.5cm Pot (Set of 3 or 6)","description":"\u003cp\u003eChilli 'Thai Dragon' — an easy-to-grow edible plant with cropping summer to early autumn. Supplied as a set of 3 or 6 well-rooted plants in 10.5cm pots, grown peat-free at our Yorkshire nursery and ready to plant out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAt a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Edible plant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMature size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Typically 40–70 cm tall × 30–50 cm wide (Variety Dependent)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest:\u003c\/strong\u003e Summer to Early Autumn\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplied as:\u003c\/strong\u003e Set of 3 or 6 plants in 10.5cm pots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eThe detail\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou can choose from a carefully curated range of chilli pepper varieties, including the intensely hot Scotch Bonnet, versatile Hungarian Hot Wax, classic Jalapeño, ornamental Zimbabwe Black, fiery Thai Dragon, super-hot Armageddon, richly flavoured Chocolate Habanero and the mild-yet-unpredictable Padron.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach variety forms a compact, bushy plant with healthy green foliage and develops its own distinctive fruit shape, size and colour, from thick-walled pods to slender upright chillies and deeply wrinkled lantern forms. Heat levels range from mild and approachable through to extremely hot, allowing growers to tailor planting to culinary preference while enjoying strong visual appeal and consistent cropping throughout the season.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy ours\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGrown by us in Yorkshire, in peat-free compost, shipped in plastic-free packaging. Every plant arrives strong, well-rooted and ready to thrive — not weeks of waiting before it gets going. Each order includes access to our free care app with planting and seasonal care reminders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHow to grow\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMature size\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTypically 40–70 cm tall × 30–50 cm wide (Variety Dependent)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompact to Upright, Bushy Annual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull Sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWatering\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRegular, Especially During Flowering \u0026amp; Fruiting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSummer to Early Autumn\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePots, Containers, Greenhouses, Sunny Patios \u0026amp; Garden Beds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhen can I harvest?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eExpect to harvest Summer to Early Autumn. Picking regularly encourages continued cropping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it come back next year?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eDepends on the variety — see the cultural information above for hardiness. Hardy perennials and most fruit plants return for several years.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size pot does it arrive in?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSets are supplied as 3 or 6 individual plants in 10.5cm pot, well-rooted and ready to plant out or pot on.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Season 28","offers":[{"title":"3 Plants","offer_id":57506490581375,"sku":"COL-10.5-CHI-THA-DRAX3","price":18.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false},{"title":"6 Plants","offer_id":57506490614143,"sku":"COL-10.5-CHI-THA-DRAX6","price":25.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1002\/7778\/0863\/files\/file_df970117-1424-4adb-9368-0636250784f3.png?v=1778620773"},{"product_id":"col-10-5-chi-arm","title":"Chilli 'Armageddon' — Edible Annual, 10.5cm Pot (Set of 3 or 6)","description":"\u003cp\u003eChilli 'Armageddon' — an easy-to-grow edible plant with cropping summer to early autumn. Supplied as a set of 3 or 6 well-rooted plants in 10.5cm pots, grown peat-free at our Yorkshire nursery and ready to plant out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAt a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Edible plant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMature size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Typically 40–70 cm tall × 30–50 cm wide (Variety Dependent)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest:\u003c\/strong\u003e Summer to Early Autumn\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplied as:\u003c\/strong\u003e Set of 3 or 6 plants in 10.5cm pots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eThe detail\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou can choose from a carefully curated range of chilli pepper varieties, including the intensely hot Scotch Bonnet, versatile Hungarian Hot Wax, classic Jalapeño, ornamental Zimbabwe Black, fiery Thai Dragon, super-hot Armageddon, richly flavoured Chocolate Habanero and the mild-yet-unpredictable Padron.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach variety forms a compact, bushy plant with healthy green foliage and develops its own distinctive fruit shape, size and colour, from thick-walled pods to slender upright chillies and deeply wrinkled lantern forms. Heat levels range from mild and approachable through to extremely hot, allowing growers to tailor planting to culinary preference while enjoying strong visual appeal and consistent cropping throughout the season.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy ours\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGrown by us in Yorkshire, in peat-free compost, shipped in plastic-free packaging. Every plant arrives strong, well-rooted and ready to thrive — not weeks of waiting before it gets going. Each order includes access to our free care app with planting and seasonal care reminders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHow to grow\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMature size\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTypically 40–70 cm tall × 30–50 cm wide (Variety Dependent)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompact to Upright, Bushy Annual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull Sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWatering\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRegular, Especially During Flowering \u0026amp; Fruiting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSummer to Early Autumn\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePots, Containers, Greenhouses, Sunny Patios \u0026amp; Garden Beds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhen can I harvest?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eExpect to harvest Summer to Early Autumn. Picking regularly encourages continued cropping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it come back next year?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eDepends on the variety — see the cultural information above for hardiness. Hardy perennials and most fruit plants return for several years.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size pot does it arrive in?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSets are supplied as 3 or 6 individual plants in 10.5cm pot, well-rooted and ready to plant out or pot on.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Season 28","offers":[{"title":"3 Plants","offer_id":57506491826559,"sku":"COL-10.5-CHI-ARMX3","price":18.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false},{"title":"6 Plants","offer_id":57506491859327,"sku":"COL-10.5-CHI-ARMX6","price":25.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1002\/7778\/0863\/files\/file_95609b55-79a7-4a41-a776-9dee64861e94.png?v=1778620778"},{"product_id":"col-10-5-chi-hab-cho","title":"Chilli 'Habanero Chocolate' — Edible Annual, 10.5cm Pot (Set of 3 or 6)","description":"\u003cp\u003eChilli 'Habanero Chocolate' — an easy-to-grow edible plant with cropping summer to early autumn. Supplied as a set of 3 or 6 well-rooted plants in 10.5cm pots, grown peat-free at our Yorkshire nursery and ready to plant out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAt a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Edible plant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMature size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Typically 40–70 cm tall × 30–50 cm wide (Variety Dependent)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest:\u003c\/strong\u003e Summer to Early Autumn\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplied as:\u003c\/strong\u003e Set of 3 or 6 plants in 10.5cm pots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eThe detail\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou can choose from a carefully curated range of chilli pepper varieties, including the intensely hot Scotch Bonnet, versatile Hungarian Hot Wax, classic Jalapeño, ornamental Zimbabwe Black, fiery Thai Dragon, super-hot Armageddon, richly flavoured Chocolate Habanero and the mild-yet-unpredictable Padron.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach variety forms a compact, bushy plant with healthy green foliage and develops its own distinctive fruit shape, size and colour, from thick-walled pods to slender upright chillies and deeply wrinkled lantern forms. Heat levels range from mild and approachable through to extremely hot, allowing growers to tailor planting to culinary preference while enjoying strong visual appeal and consistent cropping throughout the season.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy ours\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGrown by us in Yorkshire, in peat-free compost, shipped in plastic-free packaging. Every plant arrives strong, well-rooted and ready to thrive — not weeks of waiting before it gets going. Each order includes access to our free care app with planting and seasonal care reminders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHow to grow\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMature size\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTypically 40–70 cm tall × 30–50 cm wide (Variety Dependent)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompact to Upright, Bushy Annual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull Sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWatering\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRegular, Especially During Flowering \u0026amp; Fruiting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSummer to Early Autumn\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePots, Containers, Greenhouses, Sunny Patios \u0026amp; Garden Beds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhen can I harvest?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eExpect to harvest Summer to Early Autumn. Picking regularly encourages continued cropping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it come back next year?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eDepends on the variety — see the cultural information above for hardiness. Hardy perennials and most fruit plants return for several years.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size pot does it arrive in?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSets are supplied as 3 or 6 individual plants in 10.5cm pot, well-rooted and ready to plant out or pot on.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Season 28","offers":[{"title":"3 Plants","offer_id":57506492875135,"sku":"COL-10.5-CHI-HAB-CHOX3","price":18.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false},{"title":"6 Plants","offer_id":57506492907903,"sku":"COL-10.5-CHI-HAB-CHOX6","price":25.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1002\/7778\/0863\/files\/file_e14d7724-70c3-4b79-b821-8174d4caa298.png?v=1778620779"},{"product_id":"col-10-5-chi-pad","title":"Chilli 'Padron' — Edible Annual, 10.5cm Pot (Set of 3 or 6)","description":"\u003cp\u003eChilli 'Padron' — an easy-to-grow edible plant with cropping summer to early autumn. Supplied as a set of 3 or 6 well-rooted plants in 10.5cm pots, grown peat-free at our Yorkshire nursery and ready to plant out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAt a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Edible plant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMature size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Typically 40–70 cm tall × 30–50 cm wide (Variety Dependent)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest:\u003c\/strong\u003e Summer to Early Autumn\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplied as:\u003c\/strong\u003e Set of 3 or 6 plants in 10.5cm pots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eThe detail\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou can choose from a carefully curated range of chilli pepper varieties, including the intensely hot Scotch Bonnet, versatile Hungarian Hot Wax, classic Jalapeño, ornamental Zimbabwe Black, fiery Thai Dragon, super-hot Armageddon, richly flavoured Chocolate Habanero and the mild-yet-unpredictable Padron.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach variety forms a compact, bushy plant with healthy green foliage and develops its own distinctive fruit shape, size and colour, from thick-walled pods to slender upright chillies and deeply wrinkled lantern forms. Heat levels range from mild and approachable through to extremely hot, allowing growers to tailor planting to culinary preference while enjoying strong visual appeal and consistent cropping throughout the season.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy ours\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGrown by us in Yorkshire, in peat-free compost, shipped in plastic-free packaging. Every plant arrives strong, well-rooted and ready to thrive — not weeks of waiting before it gets going. Each order includes access to our free care app with planting and seasonal care reminders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHow to grow\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMature size\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTypically 40–70 cm tall × 30–50 cm wide (Variety Dependent)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompact to Upright, Bushy Annual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull Sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWatering\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRegular, Especially During Flowering \u0026amp; Fruiting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSummer to Early Autumn\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePots, Containers, Greenhouses, Sunny Patios \u0026amp; Garden Beds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhen can I harvest?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eExpect to harvest Summer to Early Autumn. Picking regularly encourages continued cropping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it come back next year?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eDepends on the variety — see the cultural information above for hardiness. Hardy perennials and most fruit plants return for several years.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size pot does it arrive in?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSets are supplied as 3 or 6 individual plants in 10.5cm pot, well-rooted and ready to plant out or pot on.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Season 28","offers":[{"title":"3 Plants","offer_id":57506494316927,"sku":"COL-10.5-CHI-PADX3","price":18.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false},{"title":"6 Plants","offer_id":57506494349695,"sku":"COL-10.5-CHI-PADX6","price":25.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1002\/7778\/0863\/files\/file_2f1492ed-4f26-48cb-8852-5425fda00299.png?v=1778620784"},{"product_id":"col-1ltr-ger-dark-red","title":"Pelargonium ‘Calliope Dark Red’ — Tender Perennial (grown as bedding), Bee-Friendly, 1L Pot","description":"\u003cp\u003ePelargonium ‘Calliope Dark Red’ — a bright bedding plant with deep velvety red double flower heads and flowering may to october. A reliable nectar source for bees and pollinators. Supplied as an established specimen in a 1L pot, grown peat-free at our Yorkshire nursery and ready to plant out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAt a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tender Perennial (grown as bedding)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMature size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30–45cm × 30cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlowering:\u003c\/strong\u003e May to October (continuous if deadheaded)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttracts:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplied as:\u003c\/strong\u003e Single plant in a 1L pot\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eThe detail\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePelargonium ‘Calliope Dark Red’ is upright, bushy or trailing depending on type, settles happily into containers, hanging baskets, summer bedding, window boxes, balcony pots.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy ours\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGrown by us in Yorkshire, in peat-free compost, shipped in plastic-free packaging. Every plant arrives strong, well-rooted and ready to thrive — not weeks of waiting before it gets going. Each order includes access to our free care app with planting and seasonal care reminders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHow to grow\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBotanical name\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003ePelargonium interspecific 'Calliope Dark Red'\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMature size\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30–45cm × 30cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpright, bushy or trailing depending on type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull Sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSoil\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWell-drained, moderately fertile\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWatering\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRegular; allow to dry slightly between — drought-tolerant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlowering\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMay to October (continuous if deadheaded)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTender\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAttracts\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBees\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContainers, hanging baskets, summer bedding, window boxes, balcony pots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it come back next year?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo — this is grown as a seasonal bedding plant in the UK. It will perform brilliantly for one summer, then complete its life cycle. Replant fresh each spring for the same effect.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhen does it flower?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eExpect flowers from may to october (continuous if deadheaded). \u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it really bee-friendly?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — Pelargonium ‘Calliope Dark Red’ is a known nectar source visited by bees, butterflies and other pollinators throughout its flowering season.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it survive a UK winter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eTender — protect from severe frost. In colder regions, lift and bring under cover over winter, or treat as a seasonal display.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size pot does it arrive in?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSupplied as a single specimen in 1L pot, well-rooted and ready to plant out.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Season 28","offers":[{"title":"3 Plants","offer_id":57506496938367,"sku":"COL-1LTR-GER-DARK-RED","price":23.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false},{"title":"6 Plants","offer_id":57506496971135,"sku":"COL-1LTR-GER-DARK-REDX6","price":37.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1002\/7778\/0863\/files\/file_7591b78b-6e6f-4520-8ea9-c62454ec2de9.png?v=1778620786"},{"product_id":"col-1ltr-ger-fire","title":"Pelargonium ‘Landscape Fire’ — Tender Perennial (grown as bedding), Bee-Friendly, 1L Pot (Set of 3 or 6)","description":"\u003cp\u003ePelargonium ‘Landscape Fire’ — a bright bedding plant with vibrant red flower heads on compact plants and flowering may to october. A reliable nectar source for bees and pollinators. Supplied as a set of 3 or 6 well-rooted plants in 1L pots, grown peat-free at our Yorkshire nursery and ready to plant out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAt a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tender Perennial (grown as bedding)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMature size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30–45cm × 30cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlowering:\u003c\/strong\u003e May to October (continuous if deadheaded)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttracts:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplied as:\u003c\/strong\u003e Set of 3 or 6 plants in 1L pots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eThe detail\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePelargonium ‘Landscape Fire’ is upright, bushy or trailing depending on type, settles happily into containers, hanging baskets, summer bedding, window boxes, balcony pots.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy ours\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGrown by us in Yorkshire, in peat-free compost, shipped in plastic-free packaging. Every plant arrives strong, well-rooted and ready to thrive — not weeks of waiting before it gets going. Each order includes access to our free care app with planting and seasonal care reminders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHow to grow\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBotanical name\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003ePelargonium interspecific 'Landscape Fire'\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMature size\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30–45cm × 30cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpright, bushy or trailing depending on type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull Sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSoil\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWell-drained, moderately fertile\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWatering\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRegular; allow to dry slightly between — drought-tolerant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlowering\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMay to October (continuous if deadheaded)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTender\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAttracts\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBees\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContainers, hanging baskets, summer bedding, window boxes, balcony pots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it come back next year?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo — this is grown as a seasonal bedding plant in the UK. It will perform brilliantly for one summer, then complete its life cycle. Replant fresh each spring for the same effect.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhen does it flower?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eExpect flowers from may to october (continuous if deadheaded). \u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it really bee-friendly?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — Pelargonium ‘Landscape Fire’ is a known nectar source visited by bees, butterflies and other pollinators throughout its flowering season.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it survive a UK winter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eTender — protect from severe frost. In colder regions, lift and bring under cover over winter, or treat as a seasonal display.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size pot does it arrive in?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSets are supplied as 3 or 6 individual plants in 1L pot, well-rooted and ready to plant out.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Season 28","offers":[{"title":"3 Plants","offer_id":57506497790335,"sku":"COL-1LTR-GER-FIRE","price":23.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false},{"title":"6 Plants","offer_id":57506497823103,"sku":"COL-1LTR-GER-FIREX6","price":37.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1002\/7778\/0863\/files\/file_5458e7c3-2b42-4d6c-bff0-4aa77405a512.png?v=1778620785"},{"product_id":"col-1ltr-ger-salmon","title":"Pelargonium ‘Lenja’ — Tender Perennial (grown as bedding), Bee-Friendly, 1L Pot (Set of 3 or 6)","description":"\u003cp\u003ePelargonium ‘Lenja’ — a bright bedding plant with round flower heads in vibrant shades and flowering may to october. A reliable nectar source for bees and pollinators. Supplied as a set of 3 or 6 well-rooted plants in 1L pots, grown peat-free at our Yorkshire nursery and ready to plant out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAt a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tender Perennial (grown as bedding)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMature size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30–45cm × 30cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlowering:\u003c\/strong\u003e May to October (continuous if deadheaded)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttracts:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplied as:\u003c\/strong\u003e Set of 3 or 6 plants in 1L pots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eThe detail\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePelargonium ‘Lenja’ is upright, bushy or trailing depending on type, settles happily into containers, hanging baskets, summer bedding, window boxes, balcony pots.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy ours\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGrown by us in Yorkshire, in peat-free compost, shipped in plastic-free packaging. Every plant arrives strong, well-rooted and ready to thrive — not weeks of waiting before it gets going. Each order includes access to our free care app with planting and seasonal care reminders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHow to grow\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBotanical name\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003ePelargonium x hortorum 'Lenja'\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMature size\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30–45cm × 30cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpright, bushy or trailing depending on type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull Sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSoil\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWell-drained, moderately fertile\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWatering\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRegular; allow to dry slightly between — drought-tolerant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlowering\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMay to October (continuous if deadheaded)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTender\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAttracts\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBees\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContainers, hanging baskets, summer bedding, window boxes, balcony pots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it come back next year?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo — this is grown as a seasonal bedding plant in the UK. It will perform brilliantly for one summer, then complete its life cycle. Replant fresh each spring for the same effect.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhen does it flower?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eExpect flowers from may to october (continuous if deadheaded). \u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it really bee-friendly?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — Pelargonium ‘Lenja’ is a known nectar source visited by bees, butterflies and other pollinators throughout its flowering season.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it survive a UK winter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eTender — protect from severe frost. In colder regions, lift and bring under cover over winter, or treat as a seasonal display.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size pot does it arrive in?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSets are supplied as 3 or 6 individual plants in 1L pot, well-rooted and ready to plant out.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Season 28","offers":[{"title":"3 Plants","offer_id":57506499494271,"sku":"COL-1LTR-GER-SALMON","price":23.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"6 Plants","offer_id":57506499527039,"sku":"COL-1LTR-GER-SALMONX6","price":37.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1002\/7778\/0863\/files\/file_77e6d339-590f-44e2-9960-80d0c1512f5f.png?v=1778620788"},{"product_id":"col-1ltr-ger-red","title":"Pelargonium ‘Senna’ — Tender Perennial (grown as bedding), Bee-Friendly, 1L Pot (Set of 3 or 6)","description":"\u003cp\u003ePelargonium ‘Senna’ — a bright bedding plant with round flower heads in vibrant shades and flowering may to october. A reliable nectar source for bees and pollinators. Supplied as a set of 3 or 6 well-rooted plants in 1L pots, grown peat-free at our Yorkshire nursery and ready to plant out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAt a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tender Perennial (grown as bedding)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMature size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30–45cm × 30cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlowering:\u003c\/strong\u003e May to October (continuous if deadheaded)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttracts:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplied as:\u003c\/strong\u003e Set of 3 or 6 plants in 1L pots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eThe detail\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePelargonium ‘Senna’ is upright, bushy or trailing depending on type, settles happily into containers, hanging baskets, summer bedding, window boxes, balcony pots.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy ours\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGrown by us in Yorkshire, in peat-free compost, shipped in plastic-free packaging. Every plant arrives strong, well-rooted and ready to thrive — not weeks of waiting before it gets going. Each order includes access to our free care app with planting and seasonal care reminders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHow to grow\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBotanical name\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003ePelargonium x hortorum 'Senna'\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMature size\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30–45cm × 30cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpright, bushy or trailing depending on type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull Sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSoil\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWell-drained, moderately fertile\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWatering\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRegular; allow to dry slightly between — drought-tolerant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlowering\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMay to October (continuous if deadheaded)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTender\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAttracts\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBees\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContainers, hanging baskets, summer bedding, window boxes, balcony pots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it come back next year?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo — this is grown as a seasonal bedding plant in the UK. It will perform brilliantly for one summer, then complete its life cycle. Replant fresh each spring for the same effect.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhen does it flower?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eExpect flowers from may to october (continuous if deadheaded). \u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it really bee-friendly?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — Pelargonium ‘Senna’ is a known nectar source visited by bees, butterflies and other pollinators throughout its flowering season.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it survive a UK winter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eTender — protect from severe frost. In colder regions, lift and bring under cover over winter, or treat as a seasonal display.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size pot does it arrive in?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSets are supplied as 3 or 6 individual plants in 1L pot, well-rooted and ready to plant out.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Season 28","offers":[{"title":"3 Plants","offer_id":57506500247935,"sku":"COL-1LTR-GER-RED","price":23.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"6 Plants","offer_id":57506500280703,"sku":"COL-1LTR-GER-REDX6","price":37.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1002\/7778\/0863\/files\/file_896efc48-697e-40ea-966d-2e5958bf02ff.png?v=1778620789"}],"url":"https:\/\/www.season28.co.uk\/collections\/moderate-care-indoor.oembed?page=3","provider":"Season 28","version":"1.0","type":"link"}